Industrial
Switches
and Sensors
Global switches
Heavy duty switches
Compact switches
Precision switches
Hazardous location switches
Safety switches
Product solutions on the Interactive Catalogue
Relays
Position products
Ultrasonic distance sensors
Pressure sensors
July 2003
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CONTENTS
Introduction - How to use this catalogue
EVN2000 Series
Page 2
Page
HDLS Series
Page
Heavy Duty Limit Switches
Suitable for special applications in corrosive environments. Housed
in a rugged die-cast zinc body and epoxy coated for protection,
they are available with a range of switching and head options.
Fast Install Limit Switches
A recent addition to our range. Saves over 50 % in installation
time with a design that eliminates the need to gain access to the
inside of the housing in order to connect the switch.
Explosion Proof Switches
Page
A range of switches designed for use in hazardous applications
in potentially explosive atmospheres. Most are UL-CSA listed and
some meet the requirement of the new European Directive 94/9/EC
(commonly referred to as the ATEX Directive).
SZL-VL Series
Page
Page
Limit Switches
New, economic, compact, rugged, dependable limit switches.
Levers for Limit Switches
Page
Page
Page
Page
A range of levers for use with Honeywell’s Limit Switches.
Select the best one for your application.
GL Series EN50041/47
Global Limit Switches
A complete range of CENELEC approved products,
suitable for most industrial applications.
Safety Switches for machine guarding
Safety interlock switches, limit switches and cable-pull limit
switches for industrial machine safety.
SL1 Series
Page
Page
Space saving size for machine miniaturization,
different contact and actuators available.
Relays
Designed for a wide range of applications including power as
well as logic control for factory machines and control panels.
14/914CE Series
Miniature Enclosed Switches
Miniature, rugged, pre-wired switches, meeting the requirements
of the Low Voltage directive. They come with a range of head
styles and sealing options.
Linear and Rotary Position
A wide selection of Hall-effect, magnetoresistive, and
potentiometric devices for detecting the presence of a magnetic
field or linear and rotary position.
24/924CE Series
Page
Page
Miniature Enclosed Switches
Opto Sensors
Page
Page
Miniature, rugged, direct opening action contacts. This switch
is available with a variety of actuators and is pre-wired.
Ultrasonic Distance Sensors
Ultrasonic position sensors for presence/absence sensing,
precision distance sensing or tracking for areas where other
sensing technologies have difficulty, such as clear or
shiny objects, foggy or particle laden air, or splashing liquids.
LS Series
Compact Limit Switches
A range of compact limit switches designed for accurate
repeatability under the most stringent conditions. Special oil
resistant and high temperature versions are available.
Pressure sensors
Page
We offer stainless steel and silicon pressure sensors depending
on the application, as well as a variety of high purity pressure sensors.
BF Series
Page
Medium Duty Limit Switches
Rugged plastic enclosure, with large internal cavity for ease of wiring.
Honeywell Sensing and Control products
Index
Page
Page
BZE/DTE Series
Page
Page
Medium Duty Limit Switches
Side or flange mount, momentary or maintained contact, sealed
or unsealed actuators, removal of bottom enclosure for ease of wiring.
BAF/DTF Series
High Capacity Enclosed Switches
Rugged cast aluminium housed switches, sealed for
wash-down applications. Momentary or maintained contacts,
right or left hand actuators, 3 hole mounting.
1
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
INTRODUCTION
HONEYWELL INDUSTRIAL SWITCHES AND SENSORS
Honeywell Industrial Switches and Sensors provide a wide selection of products and technologies for applications in most industrial applications. This catalogue
contains our most popular listings. To view our complete range of products, visit our website at http://www.honeywell.com/sensing.
Honeywell is a worldwide leader in advanced switching and sensing technology. Our reputation for technology, quality and reliability is second to none. We have
more than 60 years of experience; and extensive knowledge of Industrial applications, an extensive customer service and support network. Honeywell
manufactures the original MICROSWITCH brand switch and we offer one of the most complete lines of global electro-mechanical heavy duty limit switches.
Sealed versions keep out moisture and other contaminates. Explosion proof types are designed for use in hazardous locations. Safety versions provide direct
opening action contacts for machine guarding and emergency stops.
We are a recognized technology leader in the development and manufacture of pressure and position-sensing transducers and controls. We use the latest in
manufacturing technology to produce hundreds of thousands of transducers a year. Millions of units are currently performing in a multitude of continuous-duty
applications around the world, where they typically outlast the systems they support. We have ISO 9001 certified facilities and Class 10 cleanroom capability, and
we manufacture a full line of high purity pressure sensing and control products; each individually tested, inspected and certified to be in full compliance with the
product specification.
A comprehensive and diverse line of speed and position sensors for the Industrial market place is also available. With the combined capabilities of three well-
known product brands - Data Instruments, Clarostat, Electro and New England Instruments - Honeywell continuously strives to solve customers’ application
problems. Whether you need custom designed sensors for proprietary OEM applications or off-the-shelf sensor solutions, our extensive in-house design,
manufacturing and environmental testing capabilities offer solutions and alternatives to meet your needs.
2
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
INTRODUCTION
How to use this catalogue
Select the right product – select the right supplier
Delivering excellence in system critical sensing
solutions
For each referenced listing, key specification parameters, descriptions and
mounting drawing information are presented. These illustrate our capabilities
while the specifications include allow easy differentiation between similar
products.
A system is critical if the quality, reliability, delivery and customer service
associated with a component part is essential to the performance of the
operation or end product. If a sensor or a switch is critical to the
performance, cost effectiveness, delivery or safety of a product or operation
then it’s systems critical. It is therefore a defining element in the performance
of the system under whatever conditions apply. Failure of the component - or
failure of delivery of the component - results in lost productivity, increased
costs or a catastrophic event such as a shutdown. Therefore selecting the
right product is essential. It can make the difference between success and
failure.
There are, of course, many more product options available. Full product
specification may be accessed on our website (www.honeywell.com/sensing).
At the Home page enter the catalogue listing reference in the SEARCH box and
click GO! This will take you directly to the interactive catalogue/specification
search tables for this listing. Alternatively select and click the interactive
catalogue icon on the Home page and then choose a product category against
which to do a specification search.
Also on the website you can access installation instructions, application notes,
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), selection guides and additional technical
information.
Honeywell Sensing and Control – delivering
excellence
To select the right product, first select the right supplier. To deliver the right
products for our customers’ applications we listen to them to understand their
needs. Using techniques such as “Voice of the Customer and “Concept
Engineering” we make sure that the products and solutions we deliver are the
right ones. As part of Honeywell we can use local knowledge and
understanding combined with global expertise and resources to achieve this.
We can deploy many key technologies to bring innovative solutions to
customers’ problems.
Mounting dimensions
Mounting dimensions shown in each product section are for reference only.
For exact information, request an engineering drawing from you nearest
Honeywell sales office or visit our website and access it through the interactive
catalogue. Where dual dimensions are shown on mounting drawings, the first
or upper one is millimetres (mm) and the second or lower is inches (in).
Where single dimensions are shown, they are millimetres (mm), unless
otherwise stated.
Our products are manufactured to work well and to last. We use Six Sigma
Plus productivity to ensure this is the case. We have award winning
manufacturing facilities around the world and recognised world class
business excellence in manufacturing and supply chain management to
deliver on time, anywhere in the world.
To order these products
Simply contact your local Honeywell Sales Representative, your Honeywell
Distributor or your local Honeywell office.
Our e-business approach offers instant access to product information,
technical support and application knowledge through out Internet site. Check
out our powerful new interactive catalogue that can search and find the right
products for customers’ needs and deliver a drawing ready for incorporation
in a CAD system direct to your desk.
If you need a product not listed in this catalogue
One of Honeywell’s strengths is in application-specific packaging of sensing
technology. Honeywell provides many variations of our basic switches and
sensors. For more information, either browse the full interactive catalogue
available on our website, or telephone the following numbers:
And of course, we manage our whole business for the benefit of our
customers, using an acknowledged world-class business excellence approach
that incorporates Six Sigma principles.
USA
UK
1-800-537-6945/1-815-537-6945
+44 (0)1698 481 481
Germany
Italy
+49 69 8064 444
France +33 1 60 19 80 40
+39 02 92146 450/456
More information on Honeywell Sensing & Control products and how to
contact us can be found on our website.
Expanded Product Lines
As well as many new and innovative switches, this catalogue includes an
expanded range of Pressure and Position Sensors, previously known under
the Clarostat, NEI and Electrocorporation brand names.
3
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
Blank page
4
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LIMIT SWITCHES
Industrial Electromechanical
Limit Switches
Honeywell offers an advanced line of heavy duty limit switches and a wide
selection of application-proven enclosed switches (precision snap-acting
switches sealed in rugged metal housing). Sealed versions keep out moisture
and other contaminants. Our products meet or exceed critical standards
allowing for global use. Our rugged switches are suitable for use in harsh-
duty, wash-down environments. We offer a variety of circuitry, terminations
and actuators to ensure that can match your choice of switch to your
application.
Limit and enclosed switches are the cost effective switches of choice for
detecting objects which can be touched. When an object comes in contact
with an actuator, the switch operates. Rugged and dependable, these
switches are offered in a variety of sizes, with different seals, enclosures,
actuation, circuitries and electrical ratings. Enclosed switches are known for
high precision and low cost. Limit Switches are especially rugged and well
sealed. Explosion proof switches are designed for use in hazardous locations.
The Honeywell switches featured here are all proven in a broad range of
Industrial applications - machine tools, packaging machinery, lifting gear,
presses and construction machinery.
More information about our complete product range - and the depth of
product available within each product line - can be found on our interactive
catalogue at www.honeywell.com/sensing.
MICRO SWITCH Brand products
Honeywell has been at the forefront of switching technology since we were the
first to develop the precision snap-action switch more than 60 years ago.
Ever since we introduced the MICRO SWITCH Brand Products in 1937, we
have been recognized as the performance standard that all other switches are
measured against. We continue in that tradition by constantly improving the
technology, cost-effectiveness, and delivery of these hardworking, versatile
electromechanical switches.
5
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LIMIT SWITCHES
Proper application of limit switches
The following are guidelines for the correct application of Limit Switches.
Never use the Limit Switch as a physical end stop. Mechanical damage or
incorrect operation may occur if this is done. Always ensure that the
mechanical actuator is protected from excessive mechanical shock. Never
release the actuator suddenly - gradual actuation and release will ensure that
stress on the mechanics of the switch is kept to a minimum. This has the
added benefit that the switch life will be improved. The diagrams illustrate how
to actuate your limit switch for optimum performance.
WRONG
RIGHT
WRONG
FIXED STOP
RIGHT
Standards and Electrical rating
For limit switches with pushrod actuators, the actuating force should be applied as
nearly as possible in line with the pushrod axis.
IEC/EN 60947-1 explains the general rules relating to Low Voltage switchgear
and controlgear. The purpose of this standard is to harmonize as much as
possible the product performance and test requirements for equipment where
the rated voltage does not exceed 1,000 Vac or 1,500 Vdc.
IEC 60947-5-1 is part 5 of the general rules which relates to Control-circuit
devices and switching elements, where rated voltage does not exceed 1,000
Vac or 600 Vdc. There are special requirements for control switches with
positive opening operation. These switches are marked on the outside with
this symbol:
WRONG
RIGHT
WRONG
RIGHT
over-riding
cam
over-riding
cam
The Contact Element form defines the configuration and number of contacts
within the switch.
Cam or dog arrangements should be such that the actuator is not suddently released
to snap back freely.
Form Za – both contact elements have the same polarity
Form Zb – the two contact elements are electrically separated.
free position
interference
The Utilization Category defines the type of current carried – ac or dc – and
the typical application where the switch is used.
end of
WRONG
RIGHT
WRONG
RIGHT
overtravel
The contact rating Designation relates to the Utilization Categories and defines
the conventional thermal current Ith (a) rated operational current Ie (A) at
rated operational voltages Ue and the VA rating.
free position
operated
position
end of
overtravel
Actuators
A range of actuators is available for limit switches. Illustrations of actuator
types available from this catalogue are shown at the beginning of each
product family. Other actuators may be available - for more information
please contact your local Honeywell office.
Operating mechanisms for limit switches shoud be so designed that, under any
operating or emergency conditions, the limit switch is not operated beyond its
overtravel limit position. A limit switch should not be used as a mechanical stop.
Top pin
Roller lever
Adjustable
roller lever
Top pin
plunger
plunger,
Top roller
lever
boot seal
WRONG
non-over-riding
Top roller
plunger,
boot seal
Top roller
plunger,
Top roller
plunger,
Top roller
plunger
Ball bearing
plunger
perpendicular perpendicular,
boot seal
RIGHT
over-riding
Roller lever
Side
Yoke lever
Rod lever
Wobble head
Side
roller plunger
pin plunger
For limit switches with lever actuators, the actuating force should be applied as
nearly perpendicular to the lever as practical and perpendicular to the shaft axis
about which the lever rotates.
6
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LIMIT SWITCHES
A Note on Degrees of Protection
NEMA Classification (USA)
IP Classification
The IEC 529 standard describes a system for classifying the degree of
protection provided by the enclosures of electrical equipment. The level of
protection given by the enclosure is indicated by the IP code. This code
system uses the letters ‘‘IP’’ (International Protection) followed by up to four
digits. Normally only the first two digits are used.
NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association) prepares standards
which define a product, process or procedure with reference to one or more of
the following: nomenclature, composition, construction, dimensions,
tolerances, safety, operating characteristics, performance, quality, electrical
rating, testing and the service for which designed. This standard provides
degrees of protection for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts
Maximum) similar to that of the IEC 529 standard. The reference standard
herein reflects the latest data in the NEMA Standards Publication when this
information went to print. Please check for the latest information.
IP 1st Digit
2nd Digit
3rd Digit
4th Digit
The first digit is numerical and indicates the level of protection within the
enclosure against the ingress of solid foreign objects and access to hazardous
parts by persons.
Non-hazardous locations
The second digit is also numerical and indicates the level of protection
against the ingress of WATER into the enclosure.
Type 1 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of
protection against contact with the enclosed equipment.
The third digit is a letter and indicates a higher level of protection for persons
Type 3 enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree
against access to hazardous parts.
of protection against windblown dust, rain, sleet, and external ice formation.
The fourth digit is also a letter and is used in exceptional cases for
Type 4 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide
a degree of protection against windblown dust and rain, splashing water, and
hose-directed water.
supplementary information.
If the first or second digit is not required to be specified, then it is replaced by
the letter ‘‘X’’ (‘‘XX’’ if both digits are not required). While the tables below
serve as a guide to the level of protection, Honeywell recommends that
customers refer to the full official IEC specification for the exact definitions. If
in doubt about the degree of protection required for a particular application,
please consult your local Honeywell office.
Type 4X enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to
provide a degree of protection against corrosion, windblown dust and rain,
splashing water, and hose-directed water.
Type 6 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide
a degree of protection against the entry of water during occasional temporary
submersion at a limited depth.
Note:
The IEC 529 standard does not relate to protection against rust, corrosion,
icing or corrosive solvents (e.g. cutting fluids) and that product coded IP 67
may not necessarily meet IP 66 requirements.
Type 6P enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to
provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during prolonged
submersion at a limited depth.
First Digit Protection against ingress of solid objects
IP TEST
Type 12 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree
of protection against dust, falling dirt, and dripping noncorrosive liquids.
0 no protection
Type 13 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree
1 protected against solid objects with a diameter greater than 50 mm
2 protected against solid objects with a diameter greater than 12 mm
3 protected against solid objects with a diameter greater than 2.5 mm
4 protected against solid objects with a diameter greater than 1 mm
5 protected against dust-limited ingress (no harmful deposit)
6 totally protected against dust
of protection against dust, spraying water, oil and noncorrosive coolant.
Note:
Enclosures are based, in general, on the broad definitions outlined in NEMA
Standards. Therefore, it will be necessary to ascertain that a particular
enclosure will be adequate when exposed to the specific conditions that might
exist in intended applications.
Second Digit Protection against ingress of water
IP TEST
Except as might otherwise be noted, all references to products relative to
NEMA enclosure type are based on Honeywell evaluation and Underwriter’s
Laboratory (UL) tested. This NEMA Standards Publication does test for
environmental conditions such as corrosion, rust, icing, oil, and coolants. The
IEC 529 does not, and does not specify degree of protection against
mechanical damage of equipment. For this reason, and because the tests and
evaluations for other characteristics are not identical, the IEC Enclosure
Classification Designations cannot be exactly equated with NEMA Enclosure
Type Numbers.
0 no protection
1 protected against vertically falling drops of water
2 protected against vertically falling drops of water when the enclosure is tilted
at an angle up to 15 degrees
3 protected against water sprayed at an angle of 60 degrees from the vertical
4 protected against splashing water from all directions – limited ingress (no
harmful effects)
5 protected against low pressure jets of water from all directions – limited
ingress permitted
6 protected against powerful jets of water from all directions – limited ingress
permitted
7 protected against the effects of temporary immersion in water
8 protected against the effects of continuous immersion in water
7
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
The EVN2000 series limit switch is an innovative product which has been developed to address a need
highlighted by Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM), where “Ease of Wiring” is required. With the
new design there is no need for access to the inside of the housing and therefore the housing cover,
cover screws and gasket become obsolete. Furthermore, the integrated cable gland eliminates the need
for additional conduit or cable gland hardware. All Normally Closed (NC) contacts are Direct Opening.
EVN2000 Series
EN 50047
Global Limit
Switches
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
10 million
IP 66/67, NEMA 1, 12, 13
-25 °C to 85 °C (-13 °F to 185 °F)
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
EN 60529
EN81-1
AC15 A300
DC13 Q300
UL, CE
Plastic
Housing material:
Termination:
Switching options:
Insulation Displacement Terminals (IDT)
Single Pole, Double Throw,
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
SPDT
Zb
Actuators
Operating characteristics
Actuator
type
Operating
torque/force position
Free Pretravel
Travel to
positive opening
(PO)
Overtravel Differential Operating
travel
(DT)
point
(OP)
(OF)
(FP)
(PT)
(OT)
Side
rotary
A
0,120 N m
(1.10 lb in)
0°
25°
45°
45°
12°
25°
Top pin
plunger
B
16,0 N
(3.60 lb)
20,0 mm 2,0 mm
(0.79 in) (0.08 in)
3,5 mm
(0.14 in)
4,0 mm
(0.16 in)
1,0 mm 18,0 mm
(0.04 in) (0.71 in)
Top roller
plunger,
parallel
16,0 N
(3.60 lb)
30,0 mm 2,0 mm
(1.18 in) (0.08 in)
3,5 mm
(0.14 in)
4,0 mm
(0.16 in)
1,0 mm 28,0 mm
(0.04 in) (1.10 in)
C
Top roller
plunger,
perpendicular (3.60 lb)
16,0 N
30,0 mm 2,0 mm
(1.18 in) (0.08 in)
3,5 mm
(0.14 in)
4,0 mm
(0.16 in)
1,0 mm 28,0 mm
(0.04 in) (1.10 in)
D
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
Top roller plunger, parallel
Side rotary plastic roller
REFERENCE
EVN2000B
Top roller plunger, perpendicular
REFERENCE
EVN2000A
REFERENCE
EVN2000C
REFERENCE
EVN2000D
8
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
The new economical SZL-VL Series miniature type limit switches are specially
designed for applications of small mounting space. These miniature switches
are ideal for OEM machinery which requires a rugged and reliable limit switch
that is capable of being mounted in space restricted applications. A wide range
of actuators and optional neon lamp indicators add additional flexibility. A
special pre-molded flexible cable gland allows for fast and simple wiring
termination.
VL Series
General Purpose Compact
Limit Switches
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
up to 10 million operations
IP 64
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
Termination:
Contacts:
-20 °C to 60 °C (-4 °F to 140 °F)
UL, C-UL, CE
Cable gland
Gold plated silver
Electrical ratings:
Ampere rating:
Switching options:
SPDT
250 Vac 125 Vdc max.
5 A @ 250 Vac max./0.4 A @ 125 Vdc max.
Single Pole, Double Throw, Double break
(1NC/1NO)
VL
3
NO
1
4
NO
2
NC
NC
Actuators
Side rotary actuated switches
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
20°
75°
10°
OPTIONS
Roller lever
Roller lever, adjustable
41.2 .08
47.7 0.8
1.878 .031
42.7 0.8
18 dia.x7
nylon roller
1.622 .031
36.2 0.8
Adjustable length
of arm
18 dia.x7 nylon rooler
1.681 .031
33.5 0.8
(Roller can be
rotated and locked
in any position
through 360˚)
1.425 .031
(Roller can be rotated
(30-70)
1.319 .031
28.5 0.8
1.122 .031
˚
0
2
T
P
and locked in any
position through 360˚)
10.2
.402
M4 arm fastening
plate screw with
hexagonal holes
0
3
M4 arm fixing nut
+0.2
M4 arm
R
10.2
.402
fixing screw
2-M5 (P=0.8)
tapped
2-4.1
dia.
(with hexagonal
18.5
.728
-0
+0.2
2-4.1
holes)
mounting holes
dia.
Arm fastening plate
12.5
.492
0
18.5
.728
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
+0.008
mounting holes
+0.008
.161
dia.
Mounting metal
12.5
.492
-0
mounting holes
.161
dia.
-0
20.4 0.3
.803 .012
M6 arm fastening
plate screw with
hexagonal holes
mounting holes
cover screw
M3x6
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
56 0.3
2.205 .012
64
2.520
56 0.3
2.205 .012
2-M5 (P=0.8)
tapped
mounting holes
M3x6
cover screw
64
2.520
2-M3x23
cover screw
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
2.0
.079
14
2-M3x23
cover screw
.551
14
.551
21 0.2
.827 .008
7.5 0.2
.295 .008
15.1
7.5 0.2
21 0.2
.827 .008
.594 25
.295 .008
20.4 0.3
.803 .012
15.1
.594
25
28
.984
38.1
1.5
28
1.102
1.102
(Standard type)
.984
(Standard type)
(46.4)
(1.827)
Operating torque max.:
5,88 N (1.32 lb)
Operating torque max.:
3,35 N to 7,84 N (0.75 lb to 1.76 lb)
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-A
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-B
9
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
VL Series
Side rotary actuated switches (continued)
Plunger actuated switches
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Operating force max. (OF):
1,5 mm (0.060 in)
4,0 mm (0.158 in)
0,7 mm (0.028 in)
8,83 N (2 lb)
Adjustable rod
5.5
.217
44.9
1.768
36.3 0.8
1.429 .031
2.6 .102 dia. rod
and locked in any
Top pin plunger
(Roller can be rotated
position through 360˚)
10.2
.402
M4 rod fastening plate
screw with hexagonal holes
Adjustable lenght of rod
(30-118)
7. 276 dia.
stainless steel plunger
10.2
402
+0.2
.
3
.118
dia.
2-4.1
0
Rod fastening plate
PT 1.5 max
18.5
.728
mounting holes
Rod mounting metal
12.5
.492
+0.008
dia.
.161
-0
+0.2
0
dia.
mounting holes
2-4.1
M6 mounting rod
fastening screw with
hexagonal holes
26.5
1.043
4
.157
mounting holes
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
M3x6
cover screw
+0.008
7 .276 in depth
.161
-0
mounting holes
dia.
64
2.520
mounting holes
56 0.3
2.205 .012
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
M3x6
cover screw
20.4 0.3
.803 .012
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
56 0.3
2.205 .012
2-M3x23
cover screw
14
.551
64
2.520
7.5 0.2
21 0.2
.827 .008
28
15.1
.295 .008
20.4 0.3
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
.594
25
.803 .012
.984
1.102
(Standard type)
2-M3x23
(44.9)
(1.768)
cover screw
14
.551
21 0.2
.827 .008
7.5 0.2
.295 .008
Operating torque max.:
2 N to 7,84 N
(0.45 lb to 1.76 lb)
15.1
.594
28
1.102
25
.984
(Standard type)
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-C
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-D
Top roller plunger
12.5 dia.x3.8
stainless steel roller
10.2
.402
PT 1.5 max
14.8
.583
+0.2
2-4.1
mounting holes
dia.
38
1.496
0
4
.157
+0.008
.161
dia.
-0
mounting holes
M3x6
20.4 0.3
.803 .012
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
cover screw
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
56 0.3
2.205 .012
64
2.520
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
2-M3x23
cover screw
14
.551
7.5 0.2
.295 .008
21 0.2
.827 .008
28
1.102
15.1
.594
(Standard type)
25
.984
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-H
10
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
Plunger actuated switches (continued)
Wobble actuated switches
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Operating force max. (OF):
30 mm (1.18 in)
20 mm (0.788 in)
0,88 N (0.2 lb)
Cross roller plunger
12.5 dia.x3.8
stainless steel roller
10.2
.402
Plastic rod, coil spring
PT 1.5 max
14.8
.583
+0.2
2-4.1
dia.
10.2
.402
38
1.496
0
4
.157
PT 50 max
mounting holes
3 dia.
.118
+0.008
.161
dia.
-0
mounting holes
Nylon rod
41.5
1.634
M3x6
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
20.4 0.3
cover screw
.803 .012
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
56 0.3
2.205 .012
5.8 dia.
.228
64
2.520
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
100 1.5
3.937 .059
2-M3x23
+0.2
2-4.1
dia.
cover screw
0
14
4
.551
mounting holes
.157
+0.008
7.5 0.2
.295 .008
.161
21 0.2
.827 .008
dia.
-0
15.1
.594
mounting holes
28
1.102
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
(Standard type)
20.4 0.3
.803 .012
25
.984
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
M3x6
cover screw
56 0.3
2.205 .012
64
2.520
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-E
2-M3x23
cover screw
14
.551
7.5 0.2
15.1 .295 .008
21 0.2
.827 .008
.594
28
25
1.102
.984
(Standard type)
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-F
Coil spring
10.2
.402
SZL-VL-G
PT 30 max
1.2 dia.
.047 stainless
steel wire
51.5
2.028
100 1.5
3.937 .059
+0.2
2-4.1
0
dia.
4
mounting holes
.157
+0.008
.161
dia.
-0
mounting holes
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
20.4 0.3
M3x6
56 0.3
2.205 .012
.803 .012
cover screw
64
2.520
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
2-M3x23
cover screw
14
.551
7.5 0.2
21 0.2
.827 .008
28
1.102
15.1 .295 .008
.594
25
.984
(Standard type)
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-G
11
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
GLS Series switches offer a complete range of CENELEC approved products,
and are suitable for most industrial applications.
GLS Series
Global Limit
Switches
The standard product EN 50041 norm defines the switch mounting centres as
30 mm x 60 mm and also defines the switching characteristics of the side
rotary head with fixed lever, top pin plunger and top roller plunger. This means
that the switch can be interchanged in the application with other EN 50041
switches with mounting and switching characteristics maintained. Honeywell
offers many more head styles and switching options.
The miniature EN 50047 product range offers the user a choice of plastic,
metal and three conduit versions which are all mounting (20 mm x 22 mm)
compatible with each other. The EN 50047 standard defines how the switches
are mounted and the switching characteristics for fixed side rotary lever, top
pin plunger and top roller plunger.
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw, Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Electrical ratings
IEC947-5-1/EN60947-5-1
14
22
13
Designation &
Rated operational current Ie (A)
at rated operational voltage Ue
VA
Utilization Category
rating
21
120V
6
240V 380V 480V 500V 600V Make Break
AC15 A600
AC15 A300
AC15 B300
AC14 D300
3
3
1.9 1.5
1.4
1.2
7200 720
7200 720
3600 360
DPDT
Double Pole, Double Throw Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
1.5
0.3
250V
0.27
0.1
14
12
24
22
13
11
23
0.6
125V
0.55
0.22
432
72
DC13 Q300
DC13 R300
69
28
69
28
21
Actuators
Operating characteristics
Travel to
positive opening
(PO)
Operating torque/force
(OF)
Free position
(FP)
Pretravel
(PT)
Overtravel
(OT)
Differential travel
(DT)
Operating point
(OP)
Actuator
type
Body
size
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
0,330 N m
(2.90 lb in)
EN50041
(GLA)
59˚
49˚
12˚
Lever types
A,
A*A, A*B,
A4J
0˚
26˚
55˚
26˚
EN50047
(GLC, GLD,
GLE)
0,165 N m
0,120 N m
(1.10 lb in)
(1.50 lb in)
GLE only
11.5˚
8˚
16,0 N
(3.60 lb)
37,5 mm
(1.48 in)
2,5 mm
(0.10 in)
4,5 mm
(0.18 in)
4,5 mm
(0.18 in)
0,9 mm
(0.035 in)
35,0 mm
(1.38 in)
EN50041
(GLA)
Top pin
plunger
B
EN50047
(GLC, GLD,
GLE)
13,0 N
(2.90 lb)
21,0 mm
(0.83 in)
3,0 mm
(0.12 in)
5,0 mm
(0.20 in)
3,0 mm
(0.12 in)
18,0 mm
(0.71 in)
16,0 N
(3.60 lb)
0,9 mm
0,6 mm
(0.035 in) (0.024 in)
GLE only
16,0 N
3.60 lb
50,5 mm
(2.00 in)
2,5 mm
(0.10 in)
4,5 mm
(0.18 in)
4,5 mm
(0.18 in)
0,9 mm
(0.035 in)
48,0 mm
(1.89 in)
EN50041
(GLA)
Top roller
plunger
C
EN50047
(GLC, GLD,
GLE)
13,0 N
(2.90 lb)
31,0 mm
(1.22 in)
3,0 mm
(0.12 in)
5,0 mm
(0.20 in)
3,0 mm
(0.12 in)
28,0 mm
(1.10 in)
16,0 N
(3.60 lb)
0,9 mm
0,6 mm
(0.035 in) (0.024 in)
GLE only
9,5 N
(2.10 lb)
65,2 mm
(2.57 in)
4,2 mm
(0.165 in)
8,3 mm
(0.33 in)
9,0 mm
(0.35 in)
1,7 mm
(0.067 in
61,0 mm
(2.40 in)
EN50041
(GLA)
Top roller
lever
EN50047
(GLC, GLD,
GLE)
9,0 N
D
39,25 mm
(1.55 in)
3,45 mm
(0.14 in)
6,9 mm
(0.27 in)
5,2 mm
(0.205 in)
1,3 mm
(0.19 in)
35,8 mm
(1.41 in)
11,0 N
(2.4 lb)
(1.9 lb)
GLE only
0,1 N
(0.90 in lb)
EN50041
(GLA)
18˚
16˚
__
__
__
__
8˚
__
__
Wobble head
E7B, E7D,
K8B, K8C
0˚
EN50047
(GLC, GLD,
GLE)
1,1 N
(0.25 lb)
1,3 N
(0.29 lb)
10˚
7˚
GLE only
12
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
GLA EN 50041
Standard metal body
Side rotary adjustable roller
Top pin plunger
37,5
(1.48)
FP
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01B
GLAA20B
GLAB01B
GLAB20B
GLAC01B
GLAC20B
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
up to 15 million
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
IP 67, NEMA 1, 4, 12, 13
-25 °C to 85 °C
(-13 °F to 185 °F)
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC15 A300/A600
DC13 Q300
20 mm
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01A2A
GLAA20A2A
GLAB01A2A
GLAB20A2A
GLAC01A2A
Approvals:
DPDT
SPDT
Top roller plunger
UL, CSA, CE
Switching options:
Metal roller
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
FP
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01A2B
GLAA20A2B
GLAB01A2B
GLAB20A2B
GLAC01A2B
GLAC20A2B
DPDT
HEAD OPTIONS
Side rotary
20 mm
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
GLAA01C
GLAA20C
GLAB01C
GLAB20C
GLAC01C
GLAC20C
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
Side rotary adjustable metal rod
DPDT
20 mm
41
(1.61)
Top roller lever
¯ 3,2
(.13)
4,5
(.17)
75˚
34
(1.34)
13,0
(.51)
32 - 134
(1.26 - 5,28)
75˚
No lever
Levers: Levers for side rotary types are ordered
separately (see pages 69-71 for details)
65,2
(2.51)
FP
Ø 18,7
(.74)
35
(1.38)
15
(.6)
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLAA01A
GLAA20A
GLAB01A
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01A4J
GLAA20A4J
GLAB01A4J
GLAB20A4J
GLAC01A4J
SPDT
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
GLAA01D
GLAA20D
GLAB01D
GLAB20D
GLAC01D
GLAC20D
SPDT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01A1A
GLAA20A1A
GLAB01A1A
GLAB20A1A
GLAC01A1A
GLAC20A1A
DPDT
20 mm
20 mm
Metal roller
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01A1B
GLAA20A1B
GLAB01A1B
GLAB20A1B
GLAC01A1B
GLAC20A1B
20 mm
13
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
GLC EN 50047
Standard metal body
GLA EN 50041
Standard metal body
(continued)
22
(.87)
Wobble, coil actuator
Wobble, cat whisker
24,75
(0.97)
20
(.78)
3
(.12)
2,15
R
(.08)
55
(2.16)
30,5
3,5
(0.138)
30
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01E7B
GLAB01E7B
GLAB20E7B
GLAC01E7B
GLAC20E7B
(1.20)
(1.18)
14,5
(.57)
15,25
(.600)
DPDT
20 mm
Coil wobble head, stainless steel
spring actuator
conduit thread
PG 13,5
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
up to 10 million
IP 66, NEMA 1, 4, 12, 13
-25 °C to 85 °C
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLAA01K8B
GLAB01K8B
-13 °F to 185 °F
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC15 A300
Approvals:
DC13 Q300
UL, CSA, CE
Wobble, cat whisker, coil actuator
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
HEAD OPTIONS
Side rotary
°
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLAA01K8C
GLAA20K8C
GLAB01K8C
CONTACT
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
SPDT
SPDT
½ in NPT
GLAA01E7D
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLCA01A1A
GLCB01A1A
Metal roller
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLCA01A1B
GLCB01A1B
GLCC01A1B
SPDT
14
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
GLC EN 50047
Standard metal body
(continued)
Side rotary adjustable
Wobble, coil actuator
Top pin plunger
Ø 9.9
(.390)
DT
OP
0,5
18
➞
(.709)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
GLCA01B
GLCB01B
GLCC01B
SPDT
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLCA01A2A
GLCB01A2A
Top roller plunger
Mechanical life:
up to 5 million
31,0
1.22
Metal roller
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13.5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLCA01E7B
GLCB01E7B
GLCC01E7B
FP
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLCA01A2B
GLCB01A2B
GLCC01A2B
SPDT
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
GLCA01C
GLCB01C
GLCC01C
Wobble, cat whisker
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
Side rotary adjustable, metal rod
SPDT
41
(1.61)
Top roller lever
¯ 3,2
Ø
(.13)
4,5
39,2
FP
(.17)
75˚
34
(1.34)
(1.54)
32 - 134
(1.26 - 5,28)
75˚
15
(.6)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLCA01D
GLCB01D
GLCC01D
SPDT
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLCA01A4J
GLCB01A4J
Mechanical life:
5 million
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLCA01K8A
GLCB01K8A
15
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
GLD EN 50047
Double insulated
standard body
GLE EN 50047 Compatible
3 conduit
metal standard body
22
(.87)
Side rotary adjustable
Plastic roller/metal lever
24,75
(0.97)
20
(.78)
3
(.12)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13.5
REFERENCE
GLDA01A2A
GLDB01A2A
2,15
R
(.08)
55
(2.16)
Metal roller/metal lever
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLDA01A2B
GLDB01A2B
GLDC01A2B
SPDT
30,5
3,5
(0.138)
30
(1.20)
(1.18)
14,5
(.57)
Side rotary adjustable metal rod
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
up to 10 million
15,25
(.600)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLDA01A4J
GLDB01A4J
IP 66, NEMA 1, 4, 12, 13
-25 °C to 85 °C
-13 °F to 185 °F
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC15 A300
Approvals:
conduit thread
PG 13,5
DC13 Q300
UL, CSA, CE
Top pin plunger
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLDA01B
GLDB01B
GLDC01B
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
See GLC section
IP 66, NEMA 1, 2, 13
-25 °C to 85 °C
-13 °F to 185 °F
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC15 A600
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
DPDT
SPDT
Approvals:
HEAD OPTIONS
Side rotary
DC13 Q300
UL, CSA, CE
Top roller plunger
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
GLDA01C
GLDB01C
GLDC01C
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
SPDT
HEAD OPTIONS
See GLC section for dimension
illustrations
Side rotary
Top roller lever
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLDA01D
GLDB01D
GLDC01D
Plastic roller/lever
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLDA01A1A
GLDB01A1A
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
Wobble, coil actuator
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
GLEA01A1A
GLEB01A1A
GLEB24A1A
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLDA01E7B
GLDB01E7B
GLDC01E7B
Metal roller/lever
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
GLDA01A1B
GLDB01A1B
GLDC01A1B
SPDT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
Metal roller
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLEA01A1B
GLEA24A1B
GLEB01A1B
GLEB24A1B
GLEC01A1B
SPDT
16
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
GLE EN 50047 Compatible
3 conduit
metal standard body
(continued)
Side rotary adjustable metal rod
Top roller lever
Offset side rotary roller
41
(1.61)
39,2
(1.54)
FP
¯ 3,2
(.13)
4,5
(.17)
75˚
34
(1.34)
32 - 134
(1.26 - 5,28)
75˚
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
13,5
20 mm
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLEA01D
GLEA24D
GLEB01D
GLEB24D
GLEC01D
GLEC24D
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
15
(.6)
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLEA01A5A
GLEB01A5A
SPDT
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLEB01A4J
GLEB24A4J
Wobble, coil actuator
Side rotary adjustable
Top pin plunger
OP
16˚ 5˚
(2.37)
DT
10˚
Þ
OT
35˚ (max)
100
18
(3.92)
(0.709)
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLEA01B
GLEA24B
GLEB01B
GLEB24B
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLEA01A2A
GLEA24A2A
GLEB01A2A
Mechanical life:
up to 5 million
Metal roller
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
GLEA01E7B
GLEA24E7B
GLEB01E7B
GLEB24E7B
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
Top roller plunger
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLEA01A2B
GLEB01A2B
GLEB24A2B
Ø 12,4
(0.49)
31,0
FP
1.23
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
GLEA01C
GLEA24C
GLEB01C
GLEB24C
GLEC24C
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
DPDT
17
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
The SL1 Series compact limit switches are sealed, sensitive and have a long life. The compact size makes them suitable
for the total miniaturization of machinery or equipment.
SL1 Series
Compact Limit
Switches
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
10 million
IP 67, NEMA 3, 4, 13
-10 °C to 70 °C (14 °F to 160 °F)
UL, CSA, CE
Termination:
Cable gland
11,76 N (2.64 lb)
1,5 mm (0.060 in)
3,0 mm (0.118 in)
0,10 mm (0.004 in)
Silver
Gold clad cross point
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Electrical rating/contact:
SL1-*
SL1-* K
5A - 125, 250 Vac
0.1 A - 125 Vac; 0.1 A - 30 Vdc
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw,
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Actuators
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
Top roller plunger, parallel, boot seal
11 D X 4W ROLLER
PT
25,4
(OP)
CONTACT
Silver
REFERENCE
SL1-H
CONTACT
Silver
REFERENCE
SL1-B
Gold clad cross point
SL1-HK
Gold clad cross point
SL1-BK
Top roller plunger, parallel
Top roller plunger, long, parallel
41,4
(OP)
31,4
(OP)
CONTACT
Silver
Gold clad cross point
REFERENCE
SL1-E
SL1-EK
CONTACT
Silver
Gold clad cross point
REFERENCE
SL1-A
SL1-AK
18
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
Top roller plunger, perpendicular
Top roller lever
31,4
(OP)
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
3,92 N (0.88 lb)
2,0 mm (0.079 in)
4,0 mm (0.158 in)
0,3 mm (0.012 in)
Differential travel max. (DT):
CONTACT
Silver
REFERENCE
SL1-D
CONTACT
Silver
REFERENCE
SL1-P
Gold clad cross point
SL1-DK
Gold clad cross point
SL1-PK
Top roller plunger, long, perpendicular
41,4
(OP)
CONTACT
Silver
REFERENCE
SL1-K
Gold clad cross point
SL1-KK
19
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
The 14CE/914CE Series offers a miniature, rugged, compact, pre-wired switch which has proved itself
successful and gained wide market acceptance. The entire range of 14CE and 914CE switches has been
approved to meet the requirements of the Low Voltage directive and is therefore CE marked.
14CE/914CE Series
Miniature Enclosed
Switches
CE switches have different degrees of protection from IP66 to IP68 for the fully booted head styles. The
cable entry is fully potted using a special compound to ensure that ingress is virtually impossible.
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
10 million
IP66, IP67, IP68
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 6P, 12 (boot seal), 13
0 °C to 70 °C (32 °F to 158 °F)
0 °C to 105 °C (32 °F to 221 °F)
CE
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
14CE
914CE
14CE
914CE
CSA, UL, CE
AC14 D300
DC13 R300
Operating force (OF):
Pretravel (PT):
Overtravel (OT):
Differential travel (DT):
Contact/Rating:
11,8 N (2,65 lb) max.
1,8 mm (0.71 in) max.
3,0 mm (0.118 in) min.
0,1mm (0.004 in) max.
(9)14CE* -*
(9)14CE* -*G
(9)14CE* -Q, -AQ, -AQ1
Silver
Gold
Silver
A
B
C
Connection:
Harmonised CENELEC 4 x 0,75 mm2 cable (14CE)
SJTO 4 x 0,75 mm2 (18 AWG) cable (914CE)
Connector (dc), 4 pin male, M12 thread (-Q)
Connector (ac), 4 pin male, ½ in x 20 thread (-Q1)
Single Pole, Double Throw
Switching options:
SPDT
Actuators
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
S.P.D.T
GREEN/YELLOW
BROWN
2
BLUE
1
914CE
14CE
3
BLACK
Electrical ratings:
Amps
Make
Break
A
240 Vac, ind.
1.2
5
3
0.2
5
3
240 Vac, res.
28 Vdc, res.
28 Vdc, ind.
3
3
UL/CSA:
5 A, 1/10 Hp, 125 or 250 Vac
B
1 A res., 0.5 A ind., 30 Vdc
1 A, 125 Vac
UL:
C
UL/CSA:
3 A, 125 or 250 Vac
Operating
point (OP)
1,8 max PT
3 min OT
,
,
,
Free position
(FP)
Ø
Side exit cable
(Option 'A')
14CE 7,4 (0.29)
914CE 8,65 (0.34)
20
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
Plunger actuated switches
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
Ball bearing plunger
Top roller plunger, parallel
Ø 10,0
(0.39)
Ø 12,4
(0.49)
OP
28,4
OP
15,7
(1.12)
(0.62)
OP
24,4
(0.96)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
3 ft cable, side exit
3 ft cable, bottom exit, gold contacts
6 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit, gold contacts
9 ft cable, bottom exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE1-3
914CE1-3A
914CE1-3G
914CE1-6
914CE1-6G
914CE1-9
914CE1-Q
914CE1-Q1
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
3 ft cable, side exit
3 ft cable, bottom exit, gold contacts
6 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, side exit
REFERENCE
914CE2-3
914CE2-3A
914CE2-3G
914CE2-6
914CE2-6A
914CE2-9
914CE2-AQ
914CE2-Q
914CE2-Q1
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE66-3
914CE66-6
9 ft cable, bottom exit
Connector (ac), bottom exit
Connector (dc), side exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
Connector (ac), bottom exit
EUROPE
1 metre cable, bottom exit
1 metre cable, side exit
REFERENCE
14CE1-1
14CE1-1A
EUROPE/
1 metre cable, bottom exit
2 metre cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
14CE66-1
14CE66-2
EUROPE
1 metre cable, bottom exit
1 metre cable, side exit
REFERENCE
14CE2-1
14CE2-1A
1 metre cable, bottom exit, gold contacts 14CE1-1G
2 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, side exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit, gold contacts 14CE1-3G
Connector (dc), side exit
14CE1-2
14CE1-3
14CE1-3A
1 metre cable, bottom exit, gold contacts 14CE2-1G
Adjustable plunger
2 metre cable, bottom exit
2 metre cable, side exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, side exit
14CE2-2
14CE2-2A
14CE2-3
14CE2-3A
14CE1-AQ
14CE1-Q
Connector (dc), bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit, gold contacts 14CE2-3G
Connector (dc), side exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
14CE2-AQ
14CE2-Q
Top pin plunger, boot seal
Ø 7,0
(0.28)
OP
Top roller plunger, parallel, boot
seal
OP
24,6
(0.98)
Ø 12,4
(0.49)
OP
34,4
(1.35)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
9 ft cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE19-3
914CE19-9
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
3 ft cable, side exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
9 ft cable, bottom exit
9 ft cable, side exit
Connector (ac), side exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
Connector (ac), bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE18-3
914CE18-3A
914CE18-6
914CE18-9
914CE18-9A
914CE18-AQ1
914CE18-Q
914CE18-Q1
Manually operated
Operating force (OF):
17,5 N (3.82 lb)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE31-3
914CE31-6
OP
27,4
(1.08)
EUROPE
REFERENCE
14CE18-1
14CE18-3
14CE18-Q
EUROPE
1 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
14CE31-1
14CE31-3
1 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
Top roller plunger, parallel, panel
mounted
Top pin plunger, panel mounted
Operating force (OF):
9,0 N (2.02 lb)
M10x1 Thread
OP
29,2
(1.15)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
6 ft cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE22-6
OP
42,5
(1.67)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
REFERENCE
Connector (dc), bottom exit
914CE27-Q
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE28-3
914CE28-6
914CE28-Q
Connector (dc), bottom exit
21
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
14CE/914CE Series
Plunger actuated switches
(continued)
Side rotary and wobble
actuated switches
Top roller plunger, perpendicular
OPTIONS
5,1
(0.20)
Rotary motion
Ø 12,4
(0.49)
OP
(actuating lever not included - use any
LSZ51*, LSZ52*, LSZ54*, LSZ55* or LSZ61*
Series shown on page ??
28,5
(1.12)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, side exit
9 ft cable, bottom exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
Connector (ac), bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE3-3
914CE3-6
914CE3-6A
914CE3-9
914CE3-Q
914CE3-Q1
Operating torque:
Pretravel (PT):
Overtravel (OT) mm:
Differential travel:
0,3 Nm (2.66 in lb)
30° max.
40° min.
EUROPE
REFERENCE
14CE3-1
14CE3-2
1 metre cable, bottom exit
2 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
14CE3-3
3°
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
3 ft cable, side exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
9 ft cable, bottom exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE16-3
914CE16-3A
914CE16-6
914CE16-9
914CE16-Q
Top roller plunger, perpendicular,
boot seal
EUROPE
REFERENCE
14CE16-1
14CE16-2
14CE16-3
1 metre cable, bottom exit
2 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
OP
34,4
(1.35)
Wobble Spring wire
Operating force (OF):
17,5 N (3.82 lb)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
3 ft cable, side exit
REFERENCE
914CE55-3
914CE55-3A
Top roller plunger, perpendicular,
panel mounted
OP
42,5
(1.67)
Operating Force (OF):
0,55 N (0.12 lb)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
9 ft cable, bottom exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE20-3
914CE20-6
914CE20-9
914CE20-Q
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE29-3
914CE29-6
EUROPE
1 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
14CE20-1
14CE20-3
22
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
For position sensing and switching applications requiring direct acting, positive opening contacts the
24CE and 924CE ranges are ideal. They have been tested and approved to meet the requirements of the Low
Voltage directive and positive opening safety contacts per IEC/EN 60947-5-1-3. The devices are CE marked.
The red colour clearly differentiates this safety component in the application. The 924CE range also has UL
and CSA approval.
It is possible for the end user to enhance the safety level of these switches from Category 1 on their own to
Categories 2, 3 or 4 when the switches are used in conjunction with our wide range of FF-SR safety relays to
form a safety system.
Typical applications for these switches would use the roller plunger 24CE2- or 24CE3- style in conjunction
with cams on doors with hinges; or our fixed side rotary 24CE16- style for detection of sliding doors. Also
available are a range of panel mounting or top mounting versions to ensure that small space or difficult
mounting can be simply achieved.
24CE/924CE Series
Miniature Safety
Electromechanical
Switches
Several contact arrangements are available.
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
10 million
standard type: IP66; with boot seal type: IP67
24CE
0 °C to 70 °C (32 °F to 158 °F)
Low temperature: -40 °C (-40 °F)
0 °C to 105 °C (32 °F to 221 °F)
924CE
24CE
Approvals:
CE
AC15 B300
DC13 R300
924CE
CSA, CE
per UL file #E41859, 10 A 250 Vac; 1/3 Hp 125-250 Vac
AC15 B300
DC13 R300
Connection:
Harmonised CENELEC 3 or 5 x 0,75 mm2 cable (24CE)
SJTO 3 or 5 x 18 AWG cable (924CE)
Silver
Actuators
Contacts:
Switching options:
924CE
24CE
Slow action contacts (1NC)
black
red
red
blue
brown
green
green/yellow
green/yellow
Slow action contacts (1NC/1NO), Break Before Make (BBM)
black
blue
brown
black
green
Zb
Zb
Zb
white
white
black
Slow action contacts (1NC/1NO), Make Before Break (MBB)
black
red
blue
brown
black
green
green/yellow
Zb
white
white
black
Electrical ratings:
IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational current le (A)
at rated operational voltage Ue
VA
rating
Designation & Utilization
Category
120 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 500 V 600 V
1.5
125 V 250 V
0,22 0,1
Make
3600
Break
360
AC15
B300
3
-
-
-
-
DC13
R300
28
28
40 /
1.58
max.
16 /
0.63
max.
25 /
0.98
2 Holes 5,1 dia
Counter Bored 10,2 dia x 6 deep
(both sides - option 'A' only)
Free position
49 /
1.93
max.
8 /
0.32
Side exit cable
(Option 'A')
1NC: 8,4 /
.33
1NC/1NO: 9,5 /
.374
Note: connector versions also available
23
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
24CE/924CE Series
OPTIONS
Side rotary
Top pin plunger, boot sealed
Top roller plunger, parallel
ø7,1
PT
DT
PT
DT
ø12,4
OT
OT
24,3 max.
30,3 max.
North America/Global
North America/Global
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
OPTION
REFERENCE
924CE2-S15
924CE2-S21
924CE2-S3
924CE2-S6
924CE2-S6A
924CE2-S9
924CE2-T25
924CE2-T25A
924CE2-T3
924CE2-T6
924CE2-T9
924CE2-Y3
924CE2-Y9
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
REFERENCE
924CE18-S6
15 ft
21 ft
3 ft
6 ft
6 ft
1NC, BBM
1NC, BBM
1NC, BBM
1NC, BBM
1NC, BBM
1NC, BBM
1NC, MBB
1NC, MBB
1NC, MBB
1NC, MBB
1NC, MBB
1NC
6 ft
1NC/1NO, BBM
North America/Global
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
REFERENCE
924CE16-S3
924CE16-S9
924CE16-T3
924CE16-Y3
924CE16-Y9
side exit
side exit
3 ft
9 ft
3 ft
3 ft
9 ft
1NC, BBM
1NC, BBM
1NC, MBB
1NC
9 ft
Adjustable plunger
25 ft
25 ft
3 ft
6 ft
9 ft
1NC
3 ft
Europe
9 ft
1NC
26,8
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
REFERENCE
24CE16-S1
24CE16-Y1
24CE16-Y6
(1.05)
1 m
1 m
6 m
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC
1NC
Europe
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
OPTION
REFERENCE
24CE2-S1
24CE2-S2
24CE2-S2A
1 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
3 m
6 m
2 m
1 m
2 m
2 m
4 m
6 m
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC/1NO, BBM side exit
North America/Global
1NC/1NO, BBM low temperature 24CE2-S2B
Top pin plunger
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
3 ft
OPTION
REFERENCE
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC/1NO, MBB
1NC
1NC
1NC
24CE2-S3
24CE2-S6
24CE2-T2
24CE2-Y1
24CE2-Y2
24CE2-Y2A
24CE2-Y4
24CE2-Y6A
1NC/1NO, BBM low temperature 924CE19-S3L1
ø10
17,5 max.
side exit
side exit
1NC
1NC
North America/Global
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
OPTION
REFERENCE
924CE1-S3
924CE1-S6
924CE1-S9
924CE1-T25A
924CE1-T3
924CE1-T3A
924CE1-T6A
924CE1-T9
924CE1-T9A
924CE1-Y3
924CE1-Y9
3 ft
6 ft
9 ft
25 ft
3 ft
3 ft
6 ft
9 ft
9 ft
3 ft
9 ft
1NC, BBM
1NC, BBM
1NC, BBM
1NC, MBB
1NC, MBB
1NC, MBB
1NC, MBB
1NC, MBB
1NC, MBB
1NC
side exit
side exit
side exit
side exit
1NC
Europe
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
OPTION
REFERENCE
12 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
3 m
6 m
1 m
2 m
3 m
1NC/1NO, BBM low temperature 24CE1-S12B
1NC/1NO, BBM
24CE1-S2
1NC/1NO, BBM side exit
24CE1-S2A
1NC/1NO, BBM low temperature 24CE1-S2B
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC
1NC
1NC
24CE1-S3
24CE1-S6
24CE1-Y1A
24CE1-Y2
24CE1-Y3
side exit
24
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
Top roller plunger, perpendicular
Top roller plunger, parallel,
boot sealed
ø12,4
30,3 max.
ø12,4
36,1 max.
North America/Global
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
REFERENCE
North America/Global
3 ft
6 ft
9 ft
9 ft
1NC, BBM
1NC, BBM
1NC, BBM
1NC, MBB
924CE3-S3
924CE3-S6
924CE3-S9
924CE3-T9
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
OPTION
REFERENCE
924CE31-S6
924CE31-
3 ft
1NC, BBM
1NC
20 ft
Y20
3 ft
1NC
low temperature 924CE31-
Europe
Y3L1
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
REFERENCE
24CE3-S2
24CE3-Y1
24CE3-Y2
2 m
1 m
2 m
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC
1NC
Europe
OPTION
REFERENCE
24CE31-S1
24CE31-S2
24CE31-S5
24CE31-Y1
24CE31-Y2
24CE31-Y3
Top roller plunger, perpendicular,
boot sealed
ø12,4
36,1 max.
Top roller plunger, parallel, panel
mounted
27,7
(1.75)
Europe
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
REFERENCE
24CE55-S1
24CE55-S2
24CE55-Y1
1 m
2 m
1 m
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC
North America/Global
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
REFERENCE
924CE28-
15 ft
1NC, BBM
S15
Europe
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
2 m 1NC/1NO, BBM
REFERENCE
24CE28-S2
25
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
Blank page
26
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
LS Series compact limit switches are carefully designed for accurate repeatability under the most stringent conditions.
Compact size and field adjustable features greatly extend the flexibility of these switches. Heads may be positioned at
90° increments. Side rotary models can be adjusted for clockwise and/or counter-clockwise operation. Actuators can be
set and locked in any position through 360°.
LS Series
Compact Limit
Switches
The rugged housings and actuator heads are constructed from cast aluminium, capable of withstanding physical abuse.
Protection against oil, water and dust is achieved by O-ring seals on the actuator shaft; a ring seal between head and
body; and a seated compression seal between cover and case.
The LS fits in many places too small for any other fully adjustable limit switch.
Conduit:
½ in - 14 NPT
20 mm
Sealing:
½ in - 14 NPT conduit
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 13
20 mm conduit
IP67
Operating temperature:
Standard
-29 °C to 71 °C (-20 °F to 160 °F)
-29 °C to 121 °C (-20 °F to 250 °F)
UL, CSA
High
LS-L
Approvals:
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B, C, D, E
Electrical ratings F, G
SPDT
Silver Cadmium Oxide (1)
Fine Silver
Switching options:
Electrical ratings:
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
4
3
2
Actuators
1
A
10 A, 120, 240 or 480 Vac; 1/3 hp, 120 Vac; ¾ hp, 240
Vac;
0.8 A, 115 Vdc**; 0.4 A, 230 Vdc;** 0.1 A, 550 Vdc;**
Pilot Duty, 600 Vac max.
B
10 A, 120, 240 or 480 Vac; ¼ hp, 120 Vac; ½ hp, 240
Vac.
Pilot Duty, 600 Vac max.
C
D
10 A, 120 Vac; 1/3 hp, 120 Vac.
10 A, 120, 240, 480 Vac; ¼ hp, 120 Vac; ½ hp, 240 Vac;
0.8 A, 115 Vdc**; 0.4 A, 230 Vdc**; 0.1 A, 550 Vdc**;
Pilot Duty, 600 Vac max.
E
F
10 A, 120, 240 or 480 Vac; 1/3 hp, 120 Vac; ¾ hp, 240
Vac.
Pilot Duty, 600 Vac max.
UL Rating:
10 A, 125, 250, or 480 Vac; 1/3 hp, 125 Vac; ¾ hp, 250 Vac;
0.8 A, 125 Vdc**; 0.4 A, 250 Vdc**
G
UL Rating:
10 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac; ¼ hp, 125 Vac; ½ hp, 250 Vac;
0.8 A, 125 Vdc**; 0.4 A, 250 Vdc**
**
Resistive rating
(1)
Designed for use with inductive loads such as relays, contactors, motors and solenoids. Honeywell does not
recommend the use of silver cadmium oxide switch contacts in non-arcing loads. Non-arcing loads are
generally loads less than 12 volts and/or 0.5 amp.
27
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
LS Series
Side rotary actuated switches
OPTIONS
Adjustable roller lever
Fixed length lever
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Standard
Low
Standard
Low
13,3 N (3.0 lb)
5,0 N (18 oz)
Operating force max. (OF): Standard
13,3 N (3.0 lb)
5,0 N (18 oz)
Low
Standard
Low
20°
5°
30°
12°
4°
SPDT
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT)
20°
5°
30°
12°
4°
SPDT
Overtravel min. (OT)
Differential travel max. (DT):
Standard
Low
Differential travel max. (DT): Standard
Low
Switching options:
Switching options:
Lever:
Aluminium, nylon roller
Lever:
Aluminium, steel roller
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
F
A
B
B
REFERENCE
1LS3
1LS3-L
1LS3-4C
1LS58
20 mm
Low PT
Low OF/PT/DT
1LS59
CONDUIT
20 mm
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
F
REFERENCE
1LS1
1LS1-L
A
B
B
B
A
A
C
A
1LS1-4C
1LS131
1LS19
1LS19-4C
1LS243
1LS243-4C
1LS501
1LS6
Low PT/OF
Low PT
Low PT
20 mm
High temperature
High temperature 20 mm
Indicator light
Low OF
28
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
No lever
Adjustable rod
Note: Levers are ordered separately (see pages 69-71
for details)
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Standard
Low
Standard
Low
1,39 N (5 oz)
0,83 Nm (3 oz)
20°
5°
30°
12°
4°
Operating force max. (OF):
Standard
Low with standard PT
Low with low PT
Standard
0,51 N m (4.5 in lb)
0,21 N m (30 in oz)
0,11 N m (1 in lb)
Overtravel min. (OT)
Differential travel max. (DT):
Standard
Low
Pretravel max. (PT):
20°
Low
5°
55°
30°
Switching options:
Lever:
SPDT
Aluminium rod
Maintained contact
Standard
Overtravel min. (OT)
Maintained contact
35°
12°
4°
20°
Differential travel max. (DT):
Standard
Low PT
Maintained contact
Switching options:
SPDT
Maintained contact
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
1LS10
F
1LS10-L
1LS10-4C
1LS47
20 mm
A
B
B
Low PT
Low PT/OF/DT
1LS53
SPDT contact
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
1LS2
Side rotary, yoke lever, maintained contact
F
1LS2-L
1LS2-4C
1LS23
1LS56
1LS9
20 mm
A
A
B
B
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Switching options:
8,9 N (2.0 lb)
55°
Maintained
Low OF
Low OF/PT
Low PT
Lever:
6LS1 Steel rollers on opposite sides of arm
Maintained contact
6LS3
Nylon rollers on same side of arm
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
6LS2
F
6LS2-L
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
6LS1
6LS1-4C
6LS3
A
A
A
20 mm
29
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
LS Series
Plunger actuated switches
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
Side pin plunger
Operating force max. (OF):
Standard
31,14 N (7 lb)
10 N (36 oz)
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT)
Differential travel max. (DT):
Switching options:
40,03 N (9 lb)
2,8 mm (0.110 in)
6,35 mm (0.25 in)
1,02 mm (0.040 in)
SPDT
Low
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT)
1,65 mm (0.065 in)
6,35 mm (0.25 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,51 mm (0.020 in)
0,23 mm (0.009 in)
SPDT
Standard
Low
Standard
Low
Differential travel max. (DT):
Switching options:
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
A
A
4LS1
4LS1-4C
20 mm
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
2LS1
F
A
E
2LS1-L
2LS1-4C
2LS111
20 mm
Low OF/OT/DT
Side roller plunger
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT)
Differential travel max. (DT):
Switching options:
40,03 N (9 lb)
2,8 mm (0.110 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
1,02 mm (0.040 in)
SPDT
Top roller plunger
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT)
Differential travel max. (DT):
Switching options:
31,14 N (7 lb)
1,65 mm (0.065 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,51 mm (0.020 in)
SPDT
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
3LS1
20 mm
A
3LS1-4C
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
A
F
5LS1
5LS1-L
20 mm
A
5LS1-4C
30
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
Wobble actuated switches
These switches will operate by moving actuator in any
direction except direct pull.
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Switching options:
1,39 N (5 oz)
28,6 mm (1,125 in)
SPDT
OPTIONS
Flexible cable
Coil spring
Ø 4,80 0.08
(0.189 0.003)
Ø 6,17 0.08
(0.264 0.003)
141,0 2,54
(5,550 0.10)
141,0 2,54
(5,550 0.10)
CONDUIT
20 mm
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
D
REFERENCE
8LS152
8LS152-4C
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
8LS1
8LS1-L
D
G
D
20 mm
8LS1-4C
Steel wire
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
0,28 N (1 oz)
63,5 mm (2.5 in)
Spring rod
191,3
(7.53)
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
D
D
8LS125
8LS125-4C
20 mm
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
REFERENCE
8LS3
20 mm
D
8LS3-4C
31
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
BF Series Plastic Enclosed Basic Switches are available with a wide variety of actuators, and are designed for easy
mounting and wiring. BF switches are designed to allow mounting with the cover either towards or away from the
mounting surface.
BF Series
Plastic
Enclosed Basic
Switches
Switches with lever type actuators are adjustable in two directions. The entire actuator can be rotated around its
mounting bushing, and the angle of the lever can also be changed.
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
Termination:
Contacts:
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 13
-32 °C to 71 °C (-25 °F to 160 °F)
UL
½ in - 14NPT
Silver
Electrical ratings:
A
B
11 A - 125 Vac, 250 Vac or 277 Vac
5 A - 125 Vac, 250 Vac or 277 Vac
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw,
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Actuators
Plunger actuated switches
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
Top roller arm, adjustable
14,3
0.56
18,3
0.72
Ø 7,1
Max.
0.28
17,5
0.69
65,28
2.57
23,1
Max.
0.91
44,5
1.75
15,5
0.61
35,1
1.38
17,5
0.69
73,6
2.90
58,7
2.31
4,9
0.19
9,5
0.38
Conduit thread
73,5
2.89
44,5
1.75
15,5
0.61
35,1
1.38
58,7
2.31
73,5
Operating force max. (OF):
Differential travel max. (DT):
12,23 N (44 oz)
0,64 mm (0.025 in)
4,9
0.19
9,5
0.38
2.89
ACTUATOR POSITION
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
Left
B
BFL1-BP1
Right
B
BFR1-BP1
Operating force max. (OF):
Differential travel max. (DT):
10,56 N (38 oz)
1,65 mm (0.065 in)
ACTUATOR POSITION
Left
Right
ELECTRICAL RATING
B
B
REFERENCE
BFL1-BL1
BFR1-BL1
32
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
Plunger actuated switches
(continued)
Wobble actuated switches
Operating force max. (OF):
1,95 N (7 oz)
OPTIONS
Coil spring
Top roller arm, adjustable, one
way
Spring wire
14,3
0.56
14,3
0.56
Ø 7,1
0.28
Max.
Ø 1,02
0.05
19,05
18,3
0.75
0.72
32,26
1.27
180˚
169,9
6.69
17,5
0.69
168,8
6.65
73,6
2.90
35,1
1.38
44,5
1.75
17,5
0.69
17,5
0.69
14,73
0.58
Ø 15,5
0.61
4,9
0.19
15,5
0.61
44,5
1.75
35,1
1.38
58,7
2.31
9,5
0.38
35,1
1.38
44,5
1.75
73,5
2.89
58,7
2.31
4,9
0.19
9,5
0.38
14,7 15,5
0.58 0.61
Operating force max. (OF):
73,5
2.89
4,9
0.19 0.38
9,5
58,7
2.31
Left
3,61 N (13 oz)
10,56 N (38 oz)
73,5
2.89
Right
ACTUATOR
POSITION
Left
ELECTRICAL
RATING
A
B
B
REFERENCE
ACTUATOR
POSITION
Left
ELECTRICAL
RATING
REFERENCE
ACTUATOR
POSITION
Left
ELECTRICAL
RATING
B
B
REFERENCE
BFL1-AW1
BFL1-BW1
BFR1-BW1
Left
Right
B
B
BFL1-BL3
BFR1-BL3
BFL1-BW4
BFR1-BW4
Right
Right
Plastic
Low force rod
14,3
0.56
Ø 7,1
0.28
250˚
18,3
0.72
73,6
2.90
17,5
0.69
44,5
1.75
35,1
1.38
14,73
0.58
Ø 15,5
0.61
4,9
9,5
58,7
2.31
0.19
0.38
249,25
9.81
73,5
2.89
Operating force max. (OF):
Left
Right
10,56 N (38 oz)
3,61 N (13 oz)
17,5
0.69
ACTUATOR
POSITION
Left
ELECTRICAL
RATING
B
B
REFERENCE
44,5
1.75
35,1
1.38
BFL1-BL2
BFR1-BL2
Right
15,5
0.61
58,7
2.31
9,5
0.38
4,9
0.19
C
73,5
2.89
Type -BW3
ACTUATOR
POSITION
Left,
179,3 mm (7.06 in) length rod
Left,
ELECTRICAL
RATING
A
REFERENCE
BFL1-AW2
BFL1-BW3
B
249,25 mm (9.8 in) length rod
33
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
The BZE/DTE Series general purpose enclosed limit switches offer precision operation and sturdy
actuation in a compact but rugged aluminium housing. The large wiring enclosure means that the user
can get access to wire the device simply. The switch incorporates high repeatability of the switch point
early in the travel of the switch. This is achieved through a very tolerant over-travel mechanism which
ensures that application drift will not affect long term accuracy of the switch.
BZE/DTE Series
Compact Enclosed
Switches
Conduit:
Sealing:
½ in - 14 NPT
E6
V6
NEMA 1
NEMA 1, 3
-32 °C to 71 °C (-25 °F to 160 °F)
-40 °C to 71°C (-40 °F to 160 °F)
UL, CSA, CE
Operating temperature:
Standard
Low
Approvals:
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B, C
Electrical rating D
Silver
Gold
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Actuators
DPDT
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
Electrical ratings:
A
UL/CSA Rating:
15 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac:
2 A, 600 Vac:
8 Hp, 125 Vac: ¼ Hp, 250 Vac:
1
/
½ A, 125 Vdc: ¼ A, 250 Vdc
B
C
UL/CSA Rating:
UL/CSA Rating:
10 A, 125 or 250 Vac:
0.3 A, 125 Vdc: 0.15 A, 250 Vdc
15 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac;
¼ Hp, 125 Vac; ½ Hp, 250 Vac;
½ A, 125 Vdc; ¼ A, 250 Vdc
D
UL/CSA Rating:
1 A - 125 Vac
34
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
E6/V6
E6 (side mount) and V6 (flange mount) switches are offered with or without actuator seal boots. Both have a combination insulator/ seal cemented inside the
bottom enclosure. Lead washers are used to seal the mounting holes on side mount switches. All side mount switches are installed with #6 screws, except the
BZE6-2RN7 (#8 screws). Removal of the bottom enclosure exposes the terminals for easy wiring.
Momentary contact
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
Top roller plunger, parallel
2,0 REF
(0.08)
23,4
23,4
(0.92)
10,6
(0.42)
Ø 8,4
(0.33)
(0.92)
12,7 (0.50) Ø
X
4,6 (0.18)
Wide Roller
12,7 (0.50) Ø
X
4,6 (0.18) W
Roller
Ø 8,4
(0.33)
1/2-14 NPT
Threads
1/2-14 NPT
Threads
43,7
(1.72)
OP
63,5
OP
(2.50)
56,6
(2,23)
49,61
(1.953)
OP
19,0
OP
1/2-14 NPT
Threads
(0.75)
4,3 Ø (2)
(0.17)
Ø
15,75
(0.62)
44,4
(1.75)
19,0
(0.75)
25,4
(1.00)
22,6
(0.89)
19,0
(0.75)
22,6
(0.89)
25,4
(1.00)
25,4
(1.00)
25,4
(1.0)
77,2
(3.04)
22,6
(0.89)
25,4
(1.00)
22,6
(0.89)
77,2
(3.04)
25,4
(1.00)
41,4
(1.63)
21,1
(0.83)
54,1
(2.13)
25,4
(1.00)
69,6
(2.740)
25,4
(1.00)
77,2
(3.04)
Flange mount
without boot seal
Side mount
with boot seal
Side mount
Side mount
without boot seal
with boot seal
With boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):SPDT Standard
SPDT Low temperature 4,17 N to 10,84 N (15 oz to 39 oz)
DPDT 6,95 N to 16,4 N (25 oz to 59 oz)
2,50 N to 6,67 N (9 oz to 24 oz) With boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
SPDT
2,50 N to 6,67 N (9 oz to 24 oz)
5,56 N to 13,34 N (20 oz to 48 oz)
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
Pretravel max. (PT):
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
2,8 mm (0.110 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
0.05 mm (0.002 in)
1,52 mm (0.060 in)
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
2,8 mm (0.110 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
0,01 mm to 0,05 mm
(0.0004 in to 0.0020 in)
1,52 mm (0.060 in)
DPDT
Side mount
Side mount
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN
DTE6-2RN
BZE6-2RN34
BZE6-2RN7
BZE6-2RN72
A
B
A
A
D
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN80
DTE6-2RN80
Low temperature/High OF
#8 screws
Gold contacts
Flange mount
Flange mount
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
A
BZV6-2RN80
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
BZV6-2RN
DTV6-2RN
Without boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
2,50 N to 3,61 N (9 oz to 13 oz)
6,67 N to 13,34 N (24oz to 48 oz)
0,38 mm (0.015 in)
Without boot seal
Pretravel max. (PT):
Operating force max. (OF):
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
2,50 N to 3,61 N (9 oz to 13 oz)
5,56 N to 11,12 N (20 oz to 40 oz)
0,38 mm (0.015 in)
3,58 mm (0.141 in)
3,55 mm (0.140 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
0,05 mm (0.002 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
Pretravel max. (PT):
3,81 mm (0.150 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
2,24 mm (0.088 in)
0,05 mm (0.002 in)
Differential travel max. (DT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
1,52 mm (0.060 in)
Side mount
Differential travel max. (DT):
1,52 mm (0.060 in)
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RQ8
BZE6-2RQ9
DTE6-2RQ9
SPDT
Field adjustable roller SPDT
Field adjustable roller DPDT
A
A
B
Side mount
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RQ
DTE6-2RQ
Flange mount
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BZV6-2RQ8
Flange mount
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
SPDT
A
BZV6-2RQ
35
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
BZE/DTE Series
E6/V6 Momentary contact (continued)
Top roller plunger, perpendicular
Roller arm, adjustable
12,7 (0.50) Ø
X
4,6 (0.18) W
Roller
56,6
OP
(2,23)
19,0
(0.75)
25,4
(1.00)
22,6
(0.89)
25,4
(1.00)
77,2
(3.04)
Side mount
with boot seal
Flange mount
without boot seal
Side mount
without boot seal
Flange mount
with boot seal
With boot seal
Operating temperature: Standard
-32 °C to 71 °C (-25 °F to 160 °F)
-40 °C to 71 °C (-40 °F to 160 °F)
Steel
Low
Operating Force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
2,60 N to 6,67 N (9 oz to 24 oz)
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
Roller:
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,01 mm to 0,05 mm
(0.0004 in to 0.0020 in)
With boot seal
Operating Force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
2,78 N to 5,56 N (10 oz to 20 oz)
4,78 mm (0.188 in)
Side mount
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN81
Differential travel max. (DT):
SPDT
DPDT
0,15 mm (0.006 in)
4,19 mm (0.165 in)
Side mount
Without boot seal
Operating Force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
DPDT
DPDT
13,34 N (48 oz)
7,92 mm (0.312 in)
Operating Force max. (OF):
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
2,50 N to 3,61 N (9 oz to 13 oz)
6,67 N to 13,34 N (24 oz to 48 oz)
0,38 mm (0.015 in)
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN2
DTE6-2RN2
BZE6-2RN234
Pretravel max. (PT):
A
B
A
3,58 mm (0.141 in)
3,55 mm (0.140 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
0,05 mm (0.002 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
Low temperature SPDT
Differential travel max. (DT):
Flange mount
1,52 mm (0.060 in)
Operating Force max. (OF): DPDT
2,78 N to 8,34 N (10 oz to 30 oz)
6,76 mm (0.266 in)
Side mount
Pretravel max. (PT):
DPDT
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
BZV6-2RN2
DTV6-2RN2
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RQ81
DTE6-2RQ81
Flange mount
Without boot seal
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BZV6-2RQ81
Operating Force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
2,78 N to 5,00 N (10 oz to 20 oz)
4,78 mm (0.188 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,15 mm (0.006 in)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RQ2
BZV6-2RQ2
Side mount
Flange mount
36
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
One way roller lever
Manual palm button
36,6
1.44
18,3
0.72
38,1
1.50
31,8
1.25
1/2 - 14 NPSM
5 THREADS MIN
78,5
3.09
4,3
Ø (2)
0.17
44,4
1.75
22,6
0.89
25,4
1.00
54,1
2.13
77,2
3.04
41,4
1.63
Side mount
with boot seal
Side mount
with boot seal
With boot seal
With boot seal
Operating Force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
2,22 N to 5,56 N (8 oz to 20 oz)
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
2,78 N to 5,56 N (10 oz to 20 oz)
4,78 mm (0.188 in)
5,94 mm (0.234 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,15 mm (0.006 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,15 mm (0.006 in)
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN28
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BZV6-2RN4
Side mount
Flange mount
Rod lever
Wobble, coil spring
Pretravel max. (PT):
18,24 mm (0.718 in)
21,29 mm (0.838 in)
5,82 mm (0.229 in)
These switches will operate by moving actuator in any direction except direct
pull.
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
152,4
(6.0)
18,29
(0.72)
250˚
53,19
(2.09)
Ø 15,75
(0.62)
19,05
(0.75)
25,4
(1.00)
22,6
(0.89)
69,60
(2,74)
77,2
(3.04)
Flange mount
with boot seal
Flange mount
without boot seal
Side mount
with boot seal
With boot seal
With boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
1,95 N (7 oz)
15°
Operating force max. (OF):
0,83 N to 1,95 N (3 oz to 7 oz)
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN62
BZV6-2RN62
Side mount
A
A
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN18
Flange mount
SPDT
Side mount
SPDT
Flange mount
SPDT
A
BZV6-2RN18
Without boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
0,56 N to 1,39 N (2 oz to 5 oz)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RQ62
BZV6-2RQ62
Side mount
Flange mount
37
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
BZE/DTE Series
E6/V6 Maintained contact (reset) switches
The switches shown below provide maintained contact after the operating
force on either top or bottom plunger is released.
Note: The top plungers on these switches provide more accurate and uniform
operation than the “reset” plungers and should be used when closely held
operating characteristics are required.
Switching:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
(1NC/1NO) Maintained
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
Roller arm, adjustable
Side mount
Flange mount
with boot seal
without boot seal
Side mount
Flange mount
with boot seal
Side mount
without boot seal
Operating force max. (OF): With boot seal
1,67 N to 5,56 N (6 oz to 20 oz)
Without boot seal 1,67 N to 2,64 N (6 oz to 9.5 oz)
Side mount
Pretravel max. (PT):
With boot seal
Without boot seal
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
0.30 mm (0.012 in)
4,75 mm (0.187 in)
Operating Force max. (OF): With boot seal
Without boot seal
4,45 N (16 oz)
3,34 N (12 oz)
4,78 mm (0.188 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
C
C
REFERENCE
BZE6-RNX1
BZE6-RQX2
With boot seal
SPDT Maintained
Without boot seal SPDT Maintained
CONTACT
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE6-RN2X1
BZE6-RQ2X2
With boot seal
Without boot seal Maintained
Maintained
C
C
Top roller plunger
Ø 12,7 (0.50) x 4,6 (0.18)
Wide roller
19,0
(0.75)
56,69
(2.232)
Ø 15,75
(0.62)
25,4
(1.00)
22,6
(0.89)
53,19
(2.094)
Reset
FP
Ø 25,4
(1.0)
14,22
(0.56)
Side mount
with boot seal
40,08
(1.58)
23,19
(0.913)
Side mount
without boot seal
69,59
(2.74)
Side mount
Operating force max. (OF): With boot seal 3,34 N to 15,57 N (12 oz to 56 oz)
Without boot seal 1,67 N to 2,64 N (6 oz to 9.5 oz)
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
With boot seal
Without boot seal
With boot seal
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
0,30 mm (0.012 in)
4,75 mm (0.187 in)
3,55 mm (0.140 in)
Without boot seal
CONTACT
SPDT
Without boot seal SPDT
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
C
C
REFERENCE
BZE6-RN80X2
BZE6-RQ8X2
With boot seal
38
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
E7 Metal standard enclosed switch
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
10 million
IP50 Standard
IP65 Sealed
Actuators
Without boot seal
With boot seal
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
-30 °C to 70 °C (-22 °F to 158 °F)
IEC 60947-5-1
EN 60947-5-1
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Top roller plunger, perpendicular, without boot seal
0,38
Ø 12,7 x 4,57
(0.50 x 0.18)
Wide roller
(0.015)
Pretravel
DPDT
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
44,53
(1.75)
OP
13,97
(0.55)
25,4
(1.00)
Ø 14,73
(0.58)
5,84
(0.23)
4,06
(0.16)
12,7
(0.50)
76,40
(3,01)
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
PG 13.5
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE7-2RQ81-PG
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
With boot seal
Top roller lever, boot seal
Ø 19,05 x 7,92 wide roller
(Ø 0.75 x 0.312)
1,93
39,88
(1.57)
Ø 8,38
(0.33)
(0.076)
Pretravel
18,29
(0.72)
24,38
(0.91)
225˚
38,58
OP
(1.519)
13,97
(0.55)
48,11
(1.894)
25,4
13,97
(0.55)
(1.00)
Ø 14,73
(0.58)
25,4
(1.00)
5,84
4,06
12,7
Ø 14,73
(0.58)
(0.23)
(0.16)
(0.50)
76,40
(3,01)
5,84
4,06
12,7
(0.23)
(0.16)
(0.50)
76,40
(3,01)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE7-2RN-PG
BZE7-2RN-C
DTE7-2RN-PG
PG 13.5
20 mm
PG 13.5
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
PG 13.5
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE7-2RN2-PG
DPDT
SPDT
20 mm
BZE7-2RN2-C
Without boot seal
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
PG 13.5
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE7-2RQ-PG
Wobble, coil spring, boot seal
Top roller plunger, parallel, without boot seal
151,13
(5.95)
3,8
(0.15)
Ø 12,7 x 4,5 wide roller
Pretravel
(Ø 0.50 x 0.18)
13,97
(0.55)
44,5
OP
(1.75)
13,97
(0.55)
25,4
(1.00)
Ø 14,73
(0.58)
25,4
(1.00)
Ø 14,73
(0.58)
5,84
(0.23)
4,06
(0.16)
12,7
(0.50)
76,40
(3,01)
5,84
4,06
12,7
(0.23)
(0.16)
(0.50)
76,40
(3,01)
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
PG 13.5
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE7-2RN18-PG
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
PG 13.5
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE7-2RQ8-PG
39
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
The BAF/DTF Series is available with or without boot seals. The elastomer
boot on sealed actuator versions protects the actuating mechanism and the
internal basic switch from contamination. They are therefore suitable for
wash-down applications. Both sealed and unsealed versions are available with
the actuators on the right or left hand side.
BAF/DTF
Series
High Capacity
Enclosed
Switches
Actuators
The cover plate is removable to allow ease of wiring and switch replacement
without having to dismount the housing.
The BAF/DTF Series is suitable for use in packaging equipment, farm
machinery, conveyors, overhead cranes and hoists.
Approvals:
Sealing:
UL, CSA
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 13
NEMA 1
Momentary contact
-2RQ9
Operating temperature:
Conduit:
Contacts:
-32 °C to 71 °C (-25 °F to 160 °F)
½ in - 14 NPT
OPTIONS
Silver
Top pin plunger
Electrical ratings:
B
D
UL/CSA Rating:
10 A, 125 or 250 Vac;
0.3 A, 125 Vdc; 0.15 A,
250 Vdc.
UL/CSA Rating: 20 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac;
1 Hp, 125 Vac; 2 Hp, 250 Vac;
½ A, 125 Vdc; ¼ A, 250 Vdc;
Lamp Load - 10 A, 125 Vac.
Switching options:
D
SPDT
DPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Left-hand
*28,2
Right-hand
on DTF2 Types
1.11
With boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
BAF/DTF
BAF
11,2 N (2.5 lb)
B
Double Pole, Double Throw
2,39 mm (0.094 in)
3,59 mm (0.141 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
3,96 mm (0.156 in)
0,26 mm (0.010 in)
1,53 mm (0.060 in)
53,19 mm (2.094 in)
52,07 mm (2.050 in)
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
DTF
BAF
DTF
BAF
DTF
BAF
DTF
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Operating position (OP):
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
Left
Right
Left
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
D
D
B
B
BAF1-2RN-RH
BAF1-2RN-LH
DTF2-2RN-RH
DTF2-2RN-LH
40
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
Momentary contact (continued)
Top roller plunger, parallel
Roller arm, adjustable
Right-hand
*28,2
Left-hand
on DTF2 Types
1.11
O-ring actuator seal
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
BAF/DTF
BAF/DTF
BAF
35,6 N (8.0 lb)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
4,75 mm (0.187 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
0,19 mm (0.0075 in)
1,53 mm (0.060 in)
64,69 mm (2.547 in)
63,88 mm (2.515 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
DTF
BAF
DTF
BAF
With boot seal
Differential travel max. (DT):
Operating position (OP):
Operating force max. (OF):
BAF
DTF
BAF
DTF
BAF
DTF
BAF
DTF
8,90 N (2.0 lb)
11,1 N (2.5 lb)
DTF
Pretravel max. (PT):
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
7,93 mm (0.312 in)
6,35 mm (0.25 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,51 mm (0.020 in)
3,05 mm (0.120 in)
ACTUATOR POSITION
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
Overtravel min. (OT):
Right
Left
Right
Left
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
D
D
B
B
BAF1-2RQN8-RH
BAF1-2RQN8-LH
DTF2-2RQN8-RH
DTF2-2RQN8-LH
Differential travel max. (DT):
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
Left
Right
Right
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
D
D
B
B
BAF1-2RN2-RH
BAF1-2RN2-LH
DTF2-2RN2-RH
DTF2-2RN2-LH
Field adjustable roller plunger
Adjustable 360° horizontally
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
BAF/DTF
BAF
11,2 N (2.5 lb)
2,39 mm (0.094 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
3,96 mm (0.156 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
0,26 mm (0.010 in)
1,53 mm (0.060 in)
64,69 mm (2.547 in)
63,88 mm (2.515 in)
DTF
BAF
DTF
BAF
DTF
BAF
DTF
One way roller lever
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Operating position (OP):
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
Left
Right
Left
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
D
D
B
B
BAF1-2RQ9-RH
BAF1-2RQ9-LH
DTF2-2RQ9-RH
DTF2-2RQ9-LH
With boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
8,90 N (2.0 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
6,35 mm (0.25 in)
0,51 mm (0.020 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
ACTUATOR POSITION
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
Right
Left
SPDT
SPDT
D
D
BAF1-2RN28-RH
BAF1-2RN28-LH
41
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
BAF/DTF Series
Momentary contact (continued)
Maintained contact (reset) switches
Manual palm button
Top pin plunger
Right-hand
*28,2
Left-hand
on DTF2 Types
1.11
With boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
7,79 N (1.75 lb)
2,39 mm (0.094 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
With boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
8,90 N (2.0 lb)
Overtravel min. (OT):
ACTUATOR POSITION
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
Right
Left
SPDT
SPDT
D
D
BAF1-2RN4-RH
BAF1-2RN4-LH
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
CONTACT
Maintained SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BAF1-3RNX1
D
Wobble, coil spring
Roller arm, adjustable
Left-hand
Right-hand
With boot seal
82,6
(3.25)
Pretravel max. (PT):
15°
101,6
(4.00)
ACTUATOR POSITION
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
Right
Left
SPDT
SPDT
D
D
BAF1-2RN18-RH
BAF1-2RN18-LH
With boot seals on roller arm and plunger
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
6,67 N (1.5 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
6,35 mm (0.25 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
Operating position (OP):
60,71 mm (2.390 in)
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
CONTACT
Maintained SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
REFERENCE
BAF1-3RN2X-RH
Left
Maintained SPDT
D
BAF1-3RN2X-LH
42
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
Wobble, coil spring
32,5
(1.28)
Ø 7,1
(0.28)
158,5
(6.24)
1/2-14 NPT
Threads
Ø 6,9
(0.27)
(3)
27,4
(1.08)
20,6
(0.81)
41,4
(1.63)
27,4
(1.08)
82,6
(3.25)
101,6
(4.00)
With boot seals on wobble stick and plunger
Pretravel max. (PT):
15°
ACTUATOR POSITION
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
Right
Maintained SPDT
D
BAF1-3CN18X1
43
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
The HDLS Series Heavy Duty Limit Switches offer a wide choice of mounting and actuator options.
Housed in a rugged, die-cast zinc body which is epoxy coated for protection, they are perfectly suited to
special applications in harsh duty environments where conventional limit switches may not be used.
Versatile and full featured, they are designed for long life.
HDLS Series
Heavy Duty Limit
Switches
Listings referenced in this section are mainly standard. Low temperature and fluorocarbon (FC, high
temperature) construction is available in all forms of HDLS limit switches. For temperature ranges see
table opposite. Also available are factory sealed, pre-wired switches.
Low temperature switches have fluorosilicone diaphragm, shaft seals and external boot seal (where
applicable) plus a low temperature lubricant. If prewired with cable, temperature limits are -10 °C (14 °F)
flex and -30 °C (22 °F) no flex.
To order a low temperature version insert the additional letters Y and B as in the following example:
LSA1A - standard side rotary plug-in switch
LSYAB1A - low temperature version.
Completely fluorocarbon (FC) sealed, high temperature, chemical resistance switches have a full FC
body gasket covering the switch cavity. Rotary types have an extra FC seal on the operating shaft, while
plunger versions have FC boot seals. They are for use in applications where the environment includes
fire-resistant synthetic fluids. The additional FC seals also promote longer operating life for rotary
actuacted HDLS switches in applications where the temperatures are normally -12 °C to 121 °C (10 °F to
250 °F). If prewired with cable, temperature limits are 105 °C (221 °F) dry and 60 °C (140 °F) wet.
To order a fluorocarbon (FC) sealed switch insert the additional letters Y and C as in the following
example:
LSA1A - standard side rotary plug-in switch
LSYAC1A - completely FC sealed version.
Factory sealed, pre-wired limit switches have the entry area completely sealed and are available with 6 ft
(1,83 m), STOOW-A cable or 4, 5 or 9-pin connectors. NEMA ratings are, for cable version 1, 4, 6, 6P, 12,
for connector version 1, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13.
Actuators
To order a factory sealed switch add the appropriate letter:
Circuitry
SPDT
Cable
½ in Connector (available with ½ in conduit tap only)
C
A (4 pin mini)
B (5 pin mini)
DD (4 pin micro)
R (9 pin)
DPDT
M (¾ in only)
Example:
Levers: Levers for side rotary
types are ordered separately (see
pages 69-71 for details)
LSA1AC - LSA1A with 6 ft of 5 conductor STOOW-A cable
LSJ2BM-7N - LSJ2B-7N with 6 ft of 9 conductor STOOW-A cable
LSA1AB - LSA1A with 5 pin receptable
LSA1ADD - 4 pin micro-change connector
Electrical ratings
10 amps continuous carry. Circuits on any one pole must be the same polarity.
ac Volts
Pilot duty: 600 Vac, 720 VA
Amps at 0.35 Power Factor
Vac
Make
Break
A
120
240
480
600
60
30
15
12
6
SPDT
NEMA
A600
3
1.5
1.2
B
120
240
480
600
30
15
7.5
6
3
DPDT
NEMA
B600
1.5
0.75
0.60
C
250 Vac or 60 Vdc, 0.050 amp max.
SPDT/DPDT
dc Volts
Pilot duty: 240 Vdc, 30 watts
Make and Break Amps
Inductive
Vdc
Resistive
A
SPDT
120
240
0.25
0.15
0.8
0.4
B
120
240
0.25
0.15
0.8
0.4
DPDT
C
250 Vac or 60 Vdc, 0.050 amp max.
SPDT/DPDT
44
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
Operating temperatures
Environmental
seal
performance
45
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
HDLS Series Side rotary actuated switches
Levers: Levers for side rotary types are ordered separately (see pages
69-71 for details)
Side rotary, momentary action
The momentary action listings shown are factory
assembled with the head adjusted for both
clockwise (CW) and counterclockwise (CCW)
operation. The shaft of side rotary heads face the
front (label side of switch).
Approvals:
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13
UL, CSA, CE
Operating force (Newton meters, N m/in lb):
LSA, LSL, LSM, LSM, LSP, LSU
0,45 N m max.
4 in lb max.
Actuation direction
A simple field adjustment converts switch to
accept actuation from one or both directions. For
ready reference, adjustment instructions are cast
into the internal lid of side rotary heads.
LSH, LSR
0,19 N m max.
1.7 in lb max
½ in - 14 NPT
Silver
Conduit:
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B
Electrical rating C
Gold
Switching options:
Snap action contacts
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT Double Break
DPDT Double Break
Head orientation
The head may be orientated and locked in any of
four 90° positions.
Momentary action switches can be factory
assembled for operation in one direction only and/
or with the shaft facing the rear or either side.
Contact Honeywell for more information.
46
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
Side rotary, additional circuitry/
action
OPTIONS
Standard
Low differential, low torque
The following listings, sequential, centre neutral
and maintained switches, are assembled with the
operating shaft facing front. The user can position
and lock the head with the shaft to rear or either
side. They can also be factory assembled with the
shaft to rear or either side. Contact Honeywell for
more information.
Pretravel:
9° max.
3° max.
4° max.
66° min.
Pretravel:
15° max.
5° max.
7° max.
60° min.
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
Overtravel:
Plug in
Plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
A
C
B
B
C
LSH1A
LSH1E
LSH2B
LSH6B
LSH6S
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
A
C
B
B
C
A
B
LSA1A
LSA1E
LSA2B
LSA6B
LSA6S
LS4A1A
LS4A2B
OPTIONS
¾ in
¾ in
Sequential
One pole operates before the other in each
direction, with 10° lever travel between operations.
20 mm
20 mm
Non plug in
Pretravel:
1st pole 15° max.
2nd pole additional 10° max.
Each pole 5° max.
Non plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
B
LSH3K
LSH4L
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Switching options:
¾ in
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
48° min.
A
B
A
LSA3K
LSA4L
LS4A3K
¾ in
20 mm
5° Pretravel
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
5° max.
SPDT
DPDT
3° max.
4° max.
70° min.
Low differential travel
Pretravel:
9° max.
Overtravel:
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
3° max.
4° max.
66° min.
(2) SPDT Double Bread
with 10˚ between operation
Plug in
Overtravel:
Plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
Plug in
A
C
B
B
C
LSU1A
LSU1E
LSU2B
LSU6B
LSU6S
SPDT
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
B
B
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
¾ in
DPDT
DPDT
¾ in
LSL2C
LSL6C
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
C
B
B
C
LSP1A
LSP1E
LSP2B
LSP6B
LSP6S
Non plug in
Non plug in
DPDT
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
DPDT
¾ in
B
LSL4M
Non plug in
SPDT
DPDT
A
B
LSU3K
LSU4L
DPDT
B
LSL7M
¾ in
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
SPDT
DPDT
A
B
LSP3K
LSP4L
¾ in
Centre neutral
One pole operates on clockwise rotation, the other
on counterclockwise rotation.
Low torque
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
18° max.
10° max.
57° min.
Pretravel:
15° max.
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
5° max.
7° max.
60° min.
Switching options:
Overtravel:
Plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
A
C
B
B
C
LSR1A
LSR1E
LSR2B
LSR6B
LSR6S
¾ in
SPDT Double Break each direction
Plug in
Non plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
¾ in
20 mm
B
B
B
LSM2D
LS4M2D
LSM6D
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
SPDT
DPDT
A
B
LSR3K
LSR4L
¾ in
Non plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
DPDT
DPDT
¾ in
B
B
LSM4N
LSM7N
47
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
HDLS Series
Side rotary actuated
switches (continued)
Plunger actuated switches
HDLS plunger actuated switches are available with
either top or side facing plungers for application
flexibility. Switches with adjustable plungers
simplify installation. They have a hex setscrew
and locknut on the plunger, providing an
Top roller plunger
Maintained contact, 2 position
Operation is maintained on counterclockwise
rotation, reset on clockwise rotation and vice
versa.
adjustment range of 0.25 in (6.35 mm).
Assembled conditions
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Switching options:
SPDT
65° max.
40° max.
20° min.
The listing shown are factory assembled with side
plungers facing front (label side of switch); rollers
on side plungers are in horizontal position.
Rollers on top plunger switches are parallel to
mounting surface. Other options are available.
Contact Honeywell for more information.
DPDT
Operating point:
55,9 mm 1,02
2,20 in 0.040
Approvals:
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13
UL, CSA, CE
Plug in
Conduit:
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B
Electrical rating C
Switching options:
SPDT
½ in - 14 NPT
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
Silver
Gold
Snap action contacts
DPDT
A
C
B
C
LSD1A
LSD1E
LSD6B
LSD6S
SPDT Double Break
Maintained
DPDT Double Break
Maintained
Plug in
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSN1A
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
B
LSN6B
A
B
LSD3K
LSD7L
DPDT
Non plug in
DPDT Double Break
SPDT Double Break
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSN3K
Adjustable plunger
B
LSN7L
Top plungers, momentary action
Pretravel:
1,78 mm (0.07 in) max.
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
Operating force:
0,38 mm (0.015 in) max.
0,51 mm (0.02 in) max.
4,83 mm (0.19 in) min.
17,8 N m (4 lb) max.
OPTIONS
Operating point:
53,0 mm to 59,3 mm
2.085 in to 2.335 in
Top pin plunger
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
C
B
C
LSV1A
LSV1E
LSV6B
LSV6S
Non plug in
Operating point:
45,8 mm 0,76
1.805 in 0.030
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSV3K
DPDT
B
LSV7L
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
C
B
C
LSC1A
LSC1E
LSC6B
LSC6S
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
B
LSC3K
LSC7L
48
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
Side plunger, maintained circuitry
Side plungers, momentary action
Adjustable side roller plunger
Pretravel:
2,54 mm (0.100 in) max.
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
Operating force:
0,64 mm (0.025 in) max.
0,89 mm (0.035 in) max.
4,83 mm (0.19 in) min.
26,7 N m (6 lb) max.
OPTIONS
LSG contact transfer is maintained after either
plunger is operated. Operation of other plunger
resets switch.
Side pin plunger
Operating point:
41,0 mm to 47,4 mm
1.615 in to 1.865 in
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
SPDT
4,32 mm (0.170 in) max.
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
2,29 mm (0.090 in) max.
2,29 mm (0.090 in) max.
2,00 mm (0.0.80 in) max.
44,5 N m (10 lb) min.
37,6 0,76 mm
A
C
B
C
LSW1A
LSW1E
LSW6B
LSW6S
DPDT
Overtravel:
Operating force:
Operating point:
Operating point:
33 mm 0,76
1.300 in 0.030
1.48 0.030 in
Non plug in
Switching options:
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
SPDT
DPDT
A
B
LSW3K
LSW7L
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
C
B
C
LSE1A
LSE1E
LSE6B
LSE6S
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSE3K
Plug in
B
LSE7L
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
C
B
C
LSG1A
LSG1E
LSG6B
LSG6S
Side roller plunger
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSG3K
DPDT
B
LSG7L
Operating point:
44,1 mm 1,02
1.735 in 0.040
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
C
B
C
LSF1A
LSF1E
LSF6B
LSF6S
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
B
LSF3K
LSF7L
49
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
HDLS Series
Wobble actuated switches
Momentary action wobble actuated switches have
flexible levers which may be operated with any
movement, except direct pull.
Spring wire
Cat whisker
Approvals:
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13
UL, CSA, CE
Conduit:
½ in - 14 NPT
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B
Switching options:
SPDT
Silver
Snap action contacts
DPDT
Pretravel (approx) (Radius): 102,0 mm (4.0 in)
Operating force:
1,39 g (5 oz) max.
SPDT Double Break
Pretravel (approx) (Radius):
Operating force:
51,0 mm (2.0 in)
1,39 N (5.0 oz) max.
DPDT Double Break
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
Plug in
A
B
LSJ1A-7M
LSJ6B-7M
OPTIONS
Plastic rod
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
B
LSK1A-8A
LSK6B-8A
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
Non plug in
A
B
LSJ3K-7M
LSJ7L-7M
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
B
LSK3K-8A
LSK7L-8A
DPDT
Cable
Coil spring
Pretravel (approx) (Radius):
Operating force:
25,4 mm (1.0 in)
2,78 g (10 oz) max.
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
B
LSJ1A-7A
LSJ6B-7A
Pretravel (approx) (Radius):
Operating force:
38,0 mm (1.5 in)
1,95 N (7.0 oz) max.
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
Pretravel (approx) (Radius):
Operating force:
51,0 mm (2.0 in)
1,95 N (7.0 oz) max.
Plug in
A
B
LSJ3K-7A
LSJ7L-7A
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
Plug in
LSJ1A-7N
DPDT
B
LSJ6B-7N
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSK1A-8C
DPDT
B
LSK6B-8C
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
Non plug in
A
B
LSJ3K-7N
LSJ7L-7N
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSK3K-8C
DPDT
B
LSK7L-8C
50
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
Fully potted HDLS
Fully potted HDLS are designed to meet the
demanding requirements of NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P
and 13 for wet applications where the integrity of
the conduit seal must be assured. These switches
are the same as the standard HDLS non plug in
limit switch except that the conduit entrance is
factory sealed to simplify installation and ensure
integrity of the conduit seal. They are epoxy filled
and supplied with six feet of 5 or 9 conductor 16
gauge STO cable. Fully potted HDLS are built with
all Fluorocarbon seals. Sealing exceeds Nema 6P.
Low temperature versions are available, see page
4 for temperature range and how to order.
Approvals:
Connector
Cable
Side rotary actuated
switches
NEMA 1, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13
NEMA 1, 4, 6, 6P, 12
UL, CSA, CE
Operating temperature:
Cable versions
Levers: Levers for side rotary
types are ordered separately (see
pages 69-71 for details)
-12 °C to 105 °C
10 °F to 221 °F
-12 °C to 121 °C
10 °F to 250 °F
3,658 m (12 ft)
Silver
Connector versions
Cable length:
Contacts:
Switching options:
SPDT
OPTIONS
Standard
Electrical ratings A, B
Snap action contacts
DPDT
41,1
1.62
39,6
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
15° max.
5° max.
7° max.
60° min.
1.56
14,7
0.58
SPDT
DPDT
25,4
Overtravel:
Operating force:
1.00
36,6
0,45 N m (4 in lb) max.
19,0
0.75
1.44
CONTACT TERMINATION
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
106,7
4.20
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
Cable
Cable
5-pin Connector
9-pin Connector
A
B
A
B
LSYAC3KP-FP
LSYAC4LX-FP
LSYAC3KQ-FP
LSYAC7LR-FP
59,4
70,4
2.34
2.77
Wiring diagrams:
Numbers = Connectors
Colours = Cables
29,4
1.16
10-32 UNF tapped
from rear only (2)
Double-Pole
Single-Pole
5,2
0.20
Ø Mtg holes
(2)
Low differential travel
Pretravel:
9° max.
3° max.
4° max.
66° min.
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
62,0
2.44
Overtravel:
Mtg pads
Operating force:
0,45 N m (4 in lb) max.
7,32
0.29
CONTACT TERMINATION
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
Cable
Cable
5-pin Connector
9-pin Connector
A
B
A
B
LSYPC3KP-FP
LSYPC4LX-FP
LSYPC3KQ-FP
LSYPC7LR-FP
Actuators
74,9
2.95
1/2-14 NPT
20,3
0.80
5° Pretravel
Pretravel:
5° max.
3° max.
70° min.
39,0
1.54
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Operating force:
SPDT
44,4
1.75
0,45 N m (4 in lb) max.
CONTACT TERMINATION
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
SPDT
SPDT
Cable
5-pin Connector
A
A
LSYUC3KP-FP
LSYUC3KQ-FP
For low temperature versions
substitute “Y_B” for “Y_C”
51
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
Fully potted HDLS
(continued)
Plunger actuated switches
Wobble actuated switches
Side rotary actuated
switches
Actuator codes **:
Head style*
OPTIONS
7A
7M
8A
7N
8C
Delrin rod
Spring wire
Cat whisker
Cable
J
J
K
J
Sequential
Top plungers
Pretravel:
1st pole 15° max.
2nd pole additional 10° max.
Each pole 5° max.
48° max.
Pretravel:
1,78 mm (0.07 in) max.
Coil spring
K
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
Operating force:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
0,38 mm (0.015 in) max.
0,51 mm (0.02 in) max.
4,83 mm (0.19 in) min.
17,8 N m (4 lb) max.
CONTACT TERMINATION
ELECTRICAL
REFERENCE
RATING
Operating force:
Switching options:
0,45 N m (4 in lb) max.
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
Cable
Cable
5-pin Connector
9-pin Connector
A
B
A
B
LSY*C3KP-**FP
LSY*C4LX-**FP
LSY*C3KQ-**FP
LSY*C7LR-**FP
Top pin plunger
CONTACT TERMINATION
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
Cable
Cable
5-pin Connector
9-pin Connector
A
B
A
B
LSYCC3KP-FP
LSYCC4LX-FP
LSYCC3KQ-FP
LSYCC7LR-FP
(2) SPDT Double Break
with 10˚ between operation
CONTACT TERMINATION
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
Top roller plunger
DPDT
Cable
B
LSYLC4MX-FP
DPDT
9-pin Connector
B
LSYLC7MR-FP
CONTACT TERMINATION
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
Cable
Cable
5-pin Connector
9-pin Connector
Centre neutral
Pretravel:
18° max.
10° max.
57° min.
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Side plungers
Pretravel:
Operating force:
Switching options:
0,45 N m (4 in lb) max.
DPDT
2,54 mm (0.100 in) max.
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
Operating force:
0,38 mm (0.015 in) max.
0,51 mm (0.02 in) max.
4,83 mm (0.19 in) min.
26,7 N m (6 lb) max.
Side pin plunger
SPDT Double Break each direction
CONTACT TERMINATION
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
Cable
Cable
5-pin Connector
9-pin Connector
A
B
A
B
LSYEC3KP-FP
LSYEC4LX-FP
LSYEC3KQ-FP
LSYEC7LR-FP
CONTACT TERMINATION
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
DPDT
Cable
B
LSYMC4NX-FP
DPDT
9-pin Connector
B
LSYMC7NR-FP
For low temperature versions
substitute “Y_B” for “Y_C”
52
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
Side rotary actuated
switches
Plunger actuated switches
Stainless steel
HDLS
OPTIONS
HDLS stainless steel switches are designed for use
in highly corrosive environments such as petro-
chemical plants, food processing plants,
Top roller plunger
shipboard and dockside locations. The type 316
cast stainless steel body is designed to minimise
crevices where food particles could become
trapped. The actuator, operating head and screws
are also stainless steel. All seals are Fluorocarbon
to provide excellent chemical resistance and to
withstand operating temperatures up to 121 °C
(250 °F) and pressurised steam cleaning.
Approvals:
NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13
UL, CSA, CE
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
1,78 mm (0.07 in) max.
0,38 mm (0.015 in) max.
4,83 mm (019 in) min.
55,9 mm 1,02
Operating temperature:
-12 °C to 121 °C
10 °F to 250 °F
Silver
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B
Operating point:
2.20 in 0.04
Levers: Levers for side rotary
types are ordered separately (see
pages 69-71 for details)
CONTACT ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
LS2D4K
LS2D4L
SPDT
A
DPDT
B
Actuators
Side pin plunger
33,0
1.30
21,6
0.85
Operating
point
19,0
0.75
9,4
0.37
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
2,54 mm (1.00 in) max.
0,64 mm (0.025 in) max.
4,83 mm (0.19 in) min.
33 mm 0,76
Operating point:
OPTIONS
1.3 in 0.03
CONTACT ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
Standard
SPDT
DPDT
A
B
LS2E4K
LS2E4L
Pretravel:
15° max.
5° max.
7° max.
60° min
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
Side roller plunger
CONTACT ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
LS2A4K
LS2A4L
47,7
1.88
SPDT
A
44,2
1.74
Operating
point
21,6
0.85
39,6
1.56
DPDT
B
14,7
0.58
4,8
0.19
20,3
0.80
31,5
19,1 1.24
0.75
Low Torque
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
9° max.
3° max.
4° max.
60° min.
SPDT
DPDT
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
2,54 mm (1.00 in) max.
Overtravel:
0,64 mm (0.025 in) max.
4,83 mm (0.19 in) min.
44,1 mm 1,02
CONTACT ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
LS2H4K
LS2H4L
Operating point:
SPDT
A
DPDT
B
1.73 in 0.04
CONTACT ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
LS2F4K
SPDT
A
DPDT
B
LS2F4L
Centre neutral
Pretravel:
18° max
10° max.
57° min.
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
DPDT
CONTACT ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
DPDT
B
LS2M4N
53
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
Blank page
54
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
Explosion proof switches
Honeywell explosion proof switches are designed specifically for use in
hazardous locations. To comply with explosion proof requirements, the flame
path within the housing is designed to contain and cool the escaping hot
gases that otherwise could cause an explosion outside the switch.
Switches are available with UL/CSA for North America. See information below
and product pages for details. In Europe, the usage is governed under the
European Directive on Equipment and Protective Systems Intended for Use in
Potentially Explosive Atmospheres (94/9/EC) commonly referred to as the
ATEX Directive.
The BX, CX and GXE product families comply to the following ATEX Directive:
EExd IIC T6 Category II 2 GD
The 14CE100 product family complies to the following ATEX Directive:
EExd IIC T6 Category II 2 G
NEMA TYPE 7, CLASS I FLAMMABLE GASES OR VAPORS
Type 7 enclosures are for use indoors in locations classified as Class I,
Groups B, C, or D by the National Electrical Code.
Group B — (only switches so noted in the order guides include this listing).
Atmospheres containing hydrogen or manufactured gas.
Group C — atmospheres containing diethyl ether, ethylene, or cyclopropane.
Group D — Atmospheres containing gasoline, hexane, butane, naptha,
propane, acetone, toluene or isoprene.
Division 1
Locations in which hazardous agents are present under normal operating
conditions.
Division 2
Locations in which hazardous agents may be present only in case of
accidental rupture or breakdown.
All Honeywell listings covered in Division 1 are also covered in the same
groups in Division 2.
NEMA TYPE 9, CLASS II COMBUSTIBLE DUSTS
Type 9 enclosures are for use in indoor locations classified as Class II,
Groups E, F or G, as defined in the National Electrical Code.
Group E — Atmospheres containing metal dust.
Group F — Atmospheres containing carbon black, coal dust or coke dust.
Group G — Atmospheres containing flour, starch or grain dust.
ATEX EExd
EExd
II
c
T6
Category II 2
G
D
Flameproof Places with potentially
Atmosphere may
contain gases
from groups A, B
or C from table in
EN50014, Annex A
Maximum
surface
temperature of
85 °C (185 °F)
Areas in which an explosion
proof atmosphere is likely to
occur
Gas
could be
present
Dust
could be
present
enclosure
explosive
atmospheres, other
than mines susceptible
to fire damp
55
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
The 14CE100 Series has been designed for use in explosive environments. It is approved to meet the
requirements of the Low Voltage directive and is CE marked. The prewired construction allows for ease of
installation where space is at a premium and external operating conditions can be difficult.
14CE100 Series
Miniature Enclosed,
Explosion Proof
Switches
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
10 million
IP65, NEMA 1, 3
IP67 , NEMA 1, 3, 4 12, 13
0 °C to 70 °C (32 °F to 158 °F)
CE, PTB 98 ATEX 1064 X EExd IIC T6 Category II 2 G
AC14 D300
Standard
Boot sealed
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
DC13 R300
11,8 N max.
1,8 mm (0.71 in) max.
3,0 mm (0.118 in) min.
0,1mm (0.004 in) max.
Silver
Operating force (OF):
Pretravel (PT):
Overtravel (OT):
Differential travel (DT):
Contacts:
Standard
-*G
Gold
Connection:
Switching options:
SPDT
Harmonised CENELEC 4 x 0,75 mm2 cable
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
S.P.D.T
GREEN/YELLOW
Actuators
BROWN
2
BLUE
1
3
BLACK
Top pin plunger
Top roller plunger, parallel
Top roller plunger, perpendicular
40,0 Max.
1,57
40,0 Max.
1,57
40,0 Max.
1,57
25,0
1.00
25,0
25,0
M4 ground
screw
M4 ground
1.00
1.00
M4 ground
screw
screw
16,0 Max.
0.63
16,0 Max.
0.63
16,0 Max.
0.63
Ø 12,0 (0.47) x 5,0 (0.20)
Hardened steel roller
(2) Ø 5,1 (0.20)
Mounting holes
Ø 10,0 (0.39)
Stainless steel
1,8 PT
0.07
1,8 PT
0.07
15,7 OP
0.62
plunger
(2) Ø 5,1 (0.20)
Mounting holes
1,8 PT
0.07
(2) Ø 5,1 (0.20)
Mounting holes
14,0
0.55
28,5 OP
1.11
28,5 OP
1.11
49,0 Max.
1.93
59,0
2.32
72,0
2,83
72,0
2,83
49,0 Max.
1.93
49,0 Max.
1.93
31,4
1.24
7,6
0.30
31,4
1.24
31,4
1.24
7,6
0.30
7,6
0.30
"L"
"L"
"L"
CABLE LENGTH
1 m (3.3 ft)
2 m (6.6 ft)
REFERENCE
14CE101-1
14CE101-2
14CE101-3
14CE101-4
14CE101-5
14CE101-6
14CE101-10
CABLE LENGTH
1 m (3.3 ft)
3 m (9.9 ft)
REFERENCE
14CE102-1
14CE102-3
14CE102-3G
14CE102-5
14CE102-6
14CE102-6G
14CE102-8
14CE102-12
14CE102-15
CABLE LENGTH
1 m (3.3 ft)
3 m (9.9 ft)
REFERENCE
14CE103-1
14CE103-3
3 m (9.9 ft)
3 m (9.9 ft)
Gold contacts
Gold contacts
4 m (13.2 ft)
5 m (16.5 ft)
6 m (19.8 ft)
10 m (33.0 ft)
5 m (16.5 ft)
6 m (19.8 ft)
6 m (19.8 ft)
8 m (26.4 ft)
12 m (39.6 ft)
15 m (49.5 ft)
Boot sealed
1,80
Ø 7,1 (0.28)
Stainless steel
plunger
Max.
PT
(0.07)
Neoprene boot seal
24,9
(0.98)
OP
CABLE LENGTH
1 m (3.3 ft)
6 m (19.8 ft)
10 m (33.0 ft)
REFERENCE
14CE118-1
14CE118-6
14CE118-10
56
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
The GXE Series explosion proof limit switches are designed specifically for use in hazardous applications.
The GXE enclosure is fully potted and has sealing protection of IP66/67 as per IEC/EN 60529. The entire
GXE Series complies with the European Directive on Equipment and Protective Systems Intended for Use
in Potentially Explosive Atmospheres (94/9/EC) commonly referred to as the ATEX Directive.
GXE Series
Explosion Proof
Limit Switches
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
2 million
IP66/67, EN 60529
-20 °C to 75 °C (-4 °F to 167 °F)
CE, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50281-1-1
KEMA 00 ATEX 2103 X EExd IIC T6 Category II 2 GD
AC15
DC13
Silver
Contacts:
Connection:
Switching options:
SPDT
5 metre, HO5VV-F, 3 x 0,75 mm2 cable
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
BLUE
BLACK
BROWN
Actuators
OPTIONS
GXE Series
Side rotary roller lever
Top roller plunger, parallel
Overtravel min. (OT):
6,0 mm (0.0.236 in)
Differential travel max. (DT): 0,5mm (0.020 in)
Operating position max. (PT): 2,0 mm (0.079 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Operating position max. (PT):
6,0 mm (0.0.236 in)
REFERENCE
GXE51C
8°
26
REFERENCE
GXE51A1B
Operating force max. (OF):
16 N (3.6 lb)
Top pin plunger
Overtravel min. (OT):
6,0 mm (0.0.236 in)
Differential travel max. (DT): 0,5mm (0.020 in)
Operating position max. (PT): 2,0 mm (0.079 in)
REFERENCE
GXE51B
57
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
The EX Series features the smallest UL listed housings available for use in
hazardous locations. Flame paths within the housing cool exploding gases
below the kindling temperature before they reach the explosive gases
surrounding the housing.
EX Series
Standard
Explosion
Proof
Options available include single or double conduit connection.
These switches are not sealed against liquids and should not be used where
there will be liquid splash. If a weather sealed explosion proof switch is
required please select from the CX or LSX/BX series.
Switches
Actuators
Sealing:
NEMA 1, 7 (Class I, Division I, Groups C, D)
Side rotary actuated switches
9, (Class II, Division I, Groups E, F, G)
-40 °C to 71 °C (-40 °F to 160 °F)
100 hr @ 400 °F
Operating temperature:
Standard
High
OPTIONS
No lever
Approvals:
Conduit:
Contacts:
UL, CSA
½ in - 14NPT
Silver
Electrical ratings:
A
Note: Levers are ordered separately (see pages 69-71
for details)
UL/CSA Rating:
UL/CSA Rating:
15 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac;
8 Hp, 125 Vac; ¼ Hp, 250 Vac;
½ A, 125 Vdc; ¼ A, 250 Vdc.
1
/
B
20 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac;
10 A, 125 Vac “L”;
1 Hp, 125 Vac; 2 Hp, 250 Vac;
½ A, 125 Vdc; ¼ A, 250 Vdc.
C
D
UL/CSA Rating:
UL/CSA Rating:
UL Rating:
10 A, 125 or 250 Vac;
0.3 A, 125 Vdc; 0.15 A, 250 Vdc
.
10 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac;
½ A, 125 Vdc; ¼ A, 250 Vdc.
Operating force max. (OF):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel max. (OT):
Electrical rating A
0,22 N m (31.25 in oz)
3,34 N to 8,90 N (0.75 lb to 2.0 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in) 8°
E
1 A, 125 Vac.
Switching options:
SPDT
DPDT
90°
25°
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
Electrical rating B
Differential travel max. (DT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
0,18 mm (0.007 in) 0.25°
0,3 mm (0.012 in) 4°
ACTUATION
CW
CCW
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
A
B
EX-AR20
EX-AR230
EXA-AR20
CW
SPDT
58
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
Roller lever
DPDT, Preleaded with 0,91 m (3 ft) leadwire
Operating force max. (OF):
Clockwise (CW)
2,22 N to 6,67 N (0.5 lb to 1.5 lb)
12,2 N (2.75 lb)
Counter clockwise (CCW)
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel max. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Sealing:
6,35 mm (0.250 in)
25°
2,77 mm (0.109 in) 4°
NEMA Class 1 Group B
ACTUATION
CW
CONTACT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
C
EXD-AR-3
CCW
DPDT
C
EXD-AR30-3
Roller material:
Bronze
Operating force max. (OF):
Electrical rating A
Clockwise (CW)
Counter clockwise (CCW)
Electrical rating B
Pretravel max. (PT):
Electrical rating A, B
Clockwise (CW)
Hermetically sealed
Operating force max. (OF):
Clockwise (CW)
2,22 N to 5,56 N (0.5 lb to 1.25 lb)
11,1 N (2.5 lb)
3,34 N to 8,90 N (0.75 lb to 2.0 lb)
2,22 N to 6,67 N (0.5 lb to 1.5 lb)
11,1 N (2.5 lb)
Counter clockwise (CCW)
Pretravel max. (PT):
Clockwise (CW)
Counter clockwise (CCW)
Overtravel max. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Sealing:
5,56 mm (0.219 in) 8°
1,65 N (0.065 in) 3.5°
25°
5,56 mm (0.219 in) 8°
1,65 mm (0.065 in) 3.5°
Counter clockwise (CCW)
Overtravel max. (OT):
Electrical rating A
0,64 mm (0.025 in)
NEMA Class 1 Group B
Clockwise (CW)
Counter clockwise (CCW)
Electrical rating B
Differential travel max. (DT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
90°
25°
25°
ACTUATION
CW/3,2 m (10.5 ft) leadwire SPDT
CCW/0,91 m (3 ft) leadwire SPDT
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
E
E
E
EXH-AR3
EXH-AR33
EXH-AR7
CW/0,91 m (3 ft) leadwire
SPDT
0,18 mm (0.007 in) 0.25°
0,3 mm (0.012 in) 4°
ACTUATION
CW
CCW
CW/Class 1 Group B
CCW/Class 1 Group B
CW/High temperature
CW
CW/No mounting bracket
CW/Nylon roller
CW/No mounting bracket
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
2 Conduit openings
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
EX-AR
EX-AR30
EX-AR800
EX-AR830
EX-AR400
EXA-AR
EXA-AR62
EX-AR182
EX-AR141
CW or CCW actuation, no return spring, low operating
force
Operating force max. (OF):
0,56 N (2 oz)
Operating force max. (OF):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
2,22 N to 5,56 N (0.5 lb to 1.25 lb)
3,61 N to 8,90 N (0.8 lb to 2 lb)
2,22 N to 6,67 N (0.5 lb to 1.5 lb)
ACTUATION
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
EX-AR16
CW/CCW/No mounting bracket
A
Electrical rating C
Pretravel max. (PT):
Electrical rating A, B
Electrical rating C
5,56 mm (0.219 in) 8°
6,35 mm (0.250 in)
Maintained contact
Overtravel max. (OT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B, C
Differential travel max. (DT):
Electrical rating A
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
3,34 N (0.75 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in) 8°
90°
90°
25°
Overtravel max. (OT):
ACTUATION
CW
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
EX-XR3
0,18 mm (0.007 in) 0.25°
0,3 mm (0.012 in) 0.5°
2,77 mm (0.109 in) 4°
A
Electrical rating B
Electrical rating C
CONTACT
DPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
C
B
A
4EX1-3
2EX1
1EX1
SPDT
59
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
EX Series
Overtravel plunger actuated switches
Side rotary actuated switches (continued)
OPTIONS
Cross roller lever, rotated 90°
Top pin plunger
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel max. (OT
2,22 N to 5,56 N (0.5 lb to 1.25 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in) 8°
90°
Operating force max. (OF):
Electrical rating A, C
Electrical rating B
Pretravel max. (PT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
Electrical rating C
Overtravel min. (OT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
Electrical rating C
Differential travel max. (DT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
Electrical rating C
13,34 N (3.0 lb)
Differential travel max. (DT):
0,18 mm (0.007 in) 0.25°
8,90 N (2 lb)
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
1,27 mm (0.050 in)
3,96 mm (0.156 in)
CW
A
EX-CR
4,78 mm (0.188 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
3,48 mm (0.141 in)
Rod lever
0,10 mm (0.004 in)
0,23 mm (0.009 in)
1,52 mm (0.060 in)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
EX-Q
EX-Q62
EX-Q400
EXA-Q
A
A
A
B
No mounting bracket
High temperature
Low OF
Sealing NEMA Class 1 Group B
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
0,56 N (2 oz)
18°
40°
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
EX-Q800
SPDT
Preleaded with 0,91 m (3 ft) leadwire DPDT
C
EXD-Q-3
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
CW/No mounting bracket
A
EX-AR1613
60
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
Boot sealed
Operating force max. (OF):
Electrical rating D
Electrical rating B
13,34 N (3.0 lb)
15,57 N (3.5 lb)
Pretravel max. (PT):
Electrical rating D
Electrical rating B
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
2,77 mm (0.109 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
Electrical rating D
Electrical rating B
4,78 mm (0.188 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
Differential travel max. (DT):
Electrical rating D
Electrical rating B
0,10 mm (0.004 in)
0,23 mm (0.009 in)
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
D
EX-N15
Class 1 Group B
SPDT
B
EXA-N
Manually actuated
Operating force max. (OF):
11,1 N (2.5 lb)
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
EX-AR50
A
61
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
CX switches, as are the LSX/BX Series, are built especially for outdoor use in hazardous atmospheres.
These enclosures are constructed to withstand the pressure of an internal explosion.
CX Series
O-ring seals make the enclosure weatherproof but are outside of required flame paths so explosion proof
requirements are maintained.
Weather Sealed
Explosion Proof
Switches
As factory assembled, all basic switches operate on clockwise and counterclockwise rotation. The
actuating mechanism can be field adjusted for CW or CCW operation only.
Analog output, 4 mA to 20 mA, is available.
Basic switches operate nearly simultaneously in multiple switch devices.
Shafts of devices without shaft restoring force can be rotated through 360°.
Sealing:
NEMA
UL listed
1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 7, 9 and 13
Class I, Div. 1, Groups B (16CX, 24CX, 26CX, and 84CX only),
C and D; and Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F and G
Class I, Div. 1, Groups B (16CX, 24CX, 26CX, and 84CX only),
C and D; and Class II, Groups E, F and G
CSA certified
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
–25 °C to 85 °C (–13 °F to 185 °F)
UL, CSA
CX-E only
80CX
ATEX EExd IIC T6 Category II 2 GD
Housing:
Aluminium
Bronze
Conduit:
Contacts:
¾ in - 14NPT
Silver
A, C, D
F
Gold
Actuators
Electrical Ratings:
A
UL/CSA Rating: L96
15 A, 120, 240 or 480 Vac, ind. and res
1/8 Hp, 120 Vac; ¼ Hp, 240 Vac
0.5 A, 125 Vdc, 0.25 A, 250 Vdc, res
C
UL/CSA Rating: L59
10 A, 120 or 240 Vax, ind. and res
0.3 A, 125 Vdc, 0.15 A, 250 Vdc, res
D
F
UL/CSA Rating: L22
UL/CSA Rating: L22
1 A, 120 Vax, ind. and res
1 A, 125 Vac
G
Analog Current Output (4 mA to 20 mA)
12.5 Vdc to 40 Vdc
Switching options:
SPDT
DPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
Analog position sensing specifications (Electrical rating “G”)
Current output:
Voltage compliance range:
4 mA to 20 mA
12.5 Vdc to 40 Vdc
Maximum load resistance:
RL, Max., –V Supply - 12.5
20 mA
Current signal output:
Span:
Null:
4 mA to 20 mA
Adjustable from 15° to 90° of angular rotation
4 mA position may be set at any angular position
62
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
Operating characteristics
Notes:
Basic Switch Type
BZ
BA
DT
HS
Add the letter “A” to listings with side mounting holes tapped 5/16 (8).
Example: 11CX2A
Pretravel (max.)*
Differential Travel (max.)
Overtravel (min.)*
Operating Torque (max.)
* May be modified in field to suit application requirements.
15°
10°
90°
15°
10°
90°
30°
25°
75°
30°
20°
75°
Add the letter “B” to listings with thru mounting holes tapped 3/8-24 (4).
Example: 11CX2B
11.1 in lb/1,25 N m
Add the letter “C” to listings for low temperature (-40 °C/°F) applications.
Example: 11CX2C
Add “D01” to specify a “direct-couple” listing with 3/8 in. dia by 3/4 in. long
flatted shaft.
Example: 11CX2-D01
Note: Levers are ordered separately (see pages 69-
71 for details)
Add the letter “E” to listings for European Atex approvals.
Example: 11CX2E
For Replacement Basic Switch Assemblies, change the first number in the
listing to “9”.
Example: 11CX2 becomes 91CX2
Short housing
OPTIONS
HOUSING
SIZE
Short
Short
Short
Short
Short
Short
Standard
Standard
BASIC
SWITCHES
BZ (2)
BZ (2)
BZ (2)
BZ (2)
BZ (2)
BZ (2)
BZ (4)
BZ (4)
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL
RATING
SHAFT RESTORING REFERENCE
FORCE TO CENTRE
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
A
A
A
A
F
F
A
A
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
11CX2
11CX12
11CX2E
11CX12E
1172CX2
1172CX12
21CX4
Without
21CX14
UL listed for Class I, Group B (hydrogen atmospheres)
HOUSING
SIZE
Standard
Standard
Short
BASIC
SWITCHES
DT (2)
DT (2)
HS (2)
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL
RATING
C
C
D
D
D
SHAFT RESTORING REFERENCE
FORCE TO CENTRE
Standard housing
DPDT
DPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
With
24CX2
24CX12
16CX2
16CX12
26CX4
Without
With
Short
Standard
HS (2)
HS (4)
Without
With
Analog output, 4 mA to 20 mA
HOUSING
SIZE
Short
BASIC
SWITCHES
None
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL
RATING
G
SHAFT RESTORING REFERENCE
FORCE TO CENTRE
N/A
With
18CX0
Short
Short
Standard
Standard
None
None
BZ (2)
BZ (2)
N/A
N/A
SPDT
SPDT
G
G
A, G
A, G
Without
Without
With
18CX10
18CX10E
281CX2
281CX12
Without
Bronze housing for use in corrosive
environments
80CX switches have rugged bronze housings which are resistant to salt water
and other corrosive environments. They comply with the NEMA 4X
requirement for protection against corrosion, in addition to NEMA enclosure
standards met by other CX switches. O-ring seals make the enclosure weather-
proof, but are outside of required flame paths, maintaining explosion-proof
requirements.
HOUSING
SIZE
BASIC
SWITCHES
CONTACT
ELECTRICAL
RATING
SHAFT RESTORING REFERENCE
FORCE TO CENTRE
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
BZ (2)
BZ (4)
BZ (4)
DT (2)
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
A
A
A
C
With
With
Without
With
81CX2
81CX4
81CX14
84CX2
63
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
LSX/BX Series weather sealed, explosion proof limit switches are for use either
indoor or outdoors in hazardous atmospheres. They are completely sealed
and designed for use in explosive gas/dust environments.
LSX/BX Series
Weather sealed
explosion proof
switches
LSX/BX products meet the sealing standards of NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9 and 13.
BX products are also sealed to IP67 standard and are ATEX approved (see
specifications below).
All heads are field adjustable at 90° increments. Heads with side rotary
actuators can be adjusted for clockwise and counter clockwise operation.
Actuators
Sealing:
LSX
Rotary actuated switches
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 7 (Class 1, Division 1, Groups B, C, D),
9 (Class 2, Division 1, Groups E, F, G), 13
IP67, NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 13
BX
Approvals:
LSX/BX
BX only
UL, CSA*
EExd IIC T6 category II 2 GD, SIRA 00ATEX 1037X
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B
Electrical rating C
Switching options:
SPDT
Silver
Gold
DPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
Operating torque max.:
Pretravel max. (PT):
Standard
Low
Standard
Low
0,45 N m (4.0 in lb)
0,19 Nm (1.7 in lb)
15°
9°
SPDT Double Break
DPDT Double Break
Overtravel min. (OT):
Standard
Low
60°
66°
* Applies only to listings with ½ in NPT or ¾ in NPT
Differential travel max. (DT):
Standard SPDT
Standard DPDT
Low SPDT
5°
7°
3°
4°
Electrical ratings
10 amps continuous carry. Circuits on any one pole must be the same polarity.
Low DPDT
ac Volts
Pilot duty: 600 Vac, 720 VA
Amps at 0.35 Power Factor
Note: Levers are ordered separately (see pages 69-
71 for details)
Vac
Make
Break
A
120
240
480
600
60
30
15
12
6
SPDT
NEMA
A600
3
1.5
1.2
B
120
240
480
600
30
15
7.5
6
3
DPDT
NEMA
B600
1.5
0.75
0.60
C
250 Vac or 60 Vdc, 0.050 amp max.
SPDT/DPDT
dc Volts
Pilot duty: 240 Vdc, 30 watts
Make and Break Amps
Vdc
Inductive
Resistive
A
SPDT
120
240
0.25
0.15
0.8
0.4
B
120
240
0.25
0.15
0.8
0.4
DPDT
C
250 Vac or 60 Vdc, 0.050 amp max.
SPDT/DPDT
64
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
OPTIONS
Side rotary
Maintained contact
Operating torque max.:
Pretravel max. (PT):
0,45 N m (4.0 in lb)
65°
20°
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
SPDT
DPDT
30°
35°
Operating temperature:
-1 °C to 121 °C (30 °F to 250 °F)
LSX
CONTACT
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
Operating temperature:
-12 °C to 121 °C (10 °F to 250 °F)
Maintained
Maintained
Maintained
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
½ in - 14NPT
A
B
B
LSXN3K
LSXN4L
LSXN7L
LSX
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
20 mm
¾ in - 14NPT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
20 mm
½ in - 14NPT
½ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
A
A
C
B
B
B
A
LSXA3K
LSX4A3K
LSXA4K
LSXA3E
LSXA4L
LSX4A4L
LSXA7L
LSXP3K
BX
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
Maintained
Maintained
A
BXN3K
B
BXN4L
Low DT
SPDT
Top rotary
BX
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
20 mm
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
A
B
BXA3K
BX4A3K
BXA4L
DPDT
¾ in - 14NPT
Operating temperature:
-1 °C to 121 °C (30 °F to 250 °F)
LSX
CONTACT
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
Low DT/Low torque
Low DT/Low torque
Low torque
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
A
B
A
B
LSXH3K
LSXH4L
LSXR3K
LSXR4L
Operating torque max.:
Pretravel max. (PT):
0,28 N m (2.5 in lb)
Low torque
25°
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
100°
10°
12°
SPDT
DPDT
BX
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
Operating temperature:
-1 °C to 121 °C (30 °F to 250 °F)
Low torque
Low torque
Low torque
½ in - 14NPT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
A
C
C
BXR3K
BXR3E
BXR4S
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
DPDT
A
LSXB3K
DPDT
¾ in - 14NPT
B
LSXB4L
Centre neutral
Operating torque max. :
Pretravel max. (PT):
0,45 N m (4.0 in lb)
18°
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Operating temperature:
57°
10°
-1 °C to 121 °C (30 °F to 250 °F)
CONTACT
DPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
¾ in - 14NPT
20 mm
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
B
B
LSXM4N
LSX4M4N
65
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
LSX/BX Series (continued)
Plunger actuated switches
Top plungers
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
SPDT
17,79 N (4 lb)
1,78 mm (0.07 in)
4,83 mm (0.19 in)
0,38 mm (0.015 in)
0,51 mm (0.02 in)
DPDT
Operating temperature:
-12 °C to 93 °C (10 °F to 200 °F)
OPTIONS
Top roller plunger
Top pin plunger
Head can be set at 90° increments for cam or slide actuation
Operating point:
58,5 mm 0,76 mm
(2.305 in 0.03 in)
Operating point:
68,6 mm 1.00 mm
(2.700 in 0.04 in)
LSX
LSX
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
LSXC3K
LSX4C3K
LSXC4L
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
½ in - 14NPT
20 mm
¾ in - 14NPT
A
A
B
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
LSXD3K
LSX4D3K
½ in - 14NPT
20 mm
¾ in - 14NPT
A
A
B
LSXD4L
BX
BX
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BX4C3K
BXC4L
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
20 mm
¾ in - 14NPT
20 mm
A
B
B
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT 20 mm
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BX4D3K
BX4C4L
Top pin plunger, adjustable
7,9
(0.31)
21,6
(0.85)
Min.
operating point
Max.
65,7
operating point
72,0
(2,59)
(2,83)
Operating point:
65,66 mm to 72,01 mm
(2.585 in to 2.835 in)
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
SPDT
½ in - 14NPT
A
LSXV3K
66
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
Wobble actuated switches
OPTIONS
Plastic rod
Side plungers
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Operating temperature:
26,69 N (6 lb)
2,54 mm (0.10 in)
4,83 mm (0.19 in)
1,14 mm (0.045)
-12 °C to 93 °C
(10 °F to 200 °F)
OPTIONS
Side pin plunger
Operating point:
33,0 mm (1.30 in)
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Operating temperature:
2,78 N (10 oz)
25,4 mm (1.0 in)
-12 °C to 93 °C
(10 °F to 200 °F)
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
LSXE3K
LSXE4L
SPDT
DPDT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
LSXJ3K-7A
LSXJ4L-7A
SPDT
DPDT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
Side roller plunger
Roller may be set in vertical or horizontal position for cam or slide actuation
Cat whisker
Operating point:
LSX
44,1 mm (1.735 in)
CONTACT CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
SPDT
½ in - 14NPT
A
LSXF3K
BX
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Operating temperature:
1,39 N (5 oz)
50,8 mm (2.0 in)
-12 °C to 93 °C
(10 °F to 200 °F)
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BXF3K
½ in - 14NPT
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT ½ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
LSXK3K-8A
67
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
Blank page
68
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LEVERS
ROLLER
MATERIAL
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Spring rod
Steel
Steel
Nylon
Ball bearing
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Steel
Aluminium
Steel
N/A
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Steel
Rubber
Rubber
N/A
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Nylon
Nylon
Nylon
Rubber
Rubber
Nylon
Steel
Steel
Nylon
Steel
LIMIT SWITCH SERIES
EXPLOSION PROOF SERIES
Levers
REFERENCE
6PA57
6PA63
6PA69
6PA80
GLA
HDLS
LS2
LS
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
BX/LSX
CX
EX
Separate levers must be ordered with side rotary
types. The table provides a cross reference
between product families and the lever order/
reference numbers. The following pages describe
the levers. Illustrations are for reference only.
Exact mounting drawings and dimensions are
available from your local sales office or from the
website below.
6PA82
6PA102
6PA144
GLZ51A
GLZ51B
GLZ52A
GLZ52B
GLZ54J
GLZ55B
LSZ51
LSZ51A
LSZ51B
LSZ51C
LSZ51D
LSZ51W
LSZ51Y
LSZ52
!
!
!
!
!
!
Levers lock in any position, 360° around the shaft.
Rollers may be mounted on the front or back of the
lever.
All levers are supplied with cap screws.
Explosion proof switches
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
Because of explosion proof requirements, only
nylon rollers or other non sparking material should
be selected. BX/LSX, CX and EX plunger and cat
whisker types are of non sparking material. Do not
mix or substitute.
!
!
LSZ52A
LSZ52B
LSZ52C
LSZ52D
LSZ52J
!
!
Specification (unless stated
otherwise)
!
!
!
!
!
!
Lever radius/length:
Roller Diameter:
Roller Width:
-EX
1.5 in (38,1 mm)
0.75 in (19,1 mm)
0.25 in (6,35 mm)
0.312 in (7,92 mm)
!
!
!
!
!
!
LSZ52K
LSZ52M
LSZ52N
LSZ52W
LSZ52Y
LSZ53A
LSZ53B
LSZ53D
LSZ53E
LSZ53P
LSZ53S
LSZ53U
LSZ54
LSZ54M
LSZ54N
LSZ54R
LSZ54V
LSZ55
LSZ55A
LSZ55B
LSZ55C
LSZ55D
LSZ55W
LSZ55Y
LSZ61
Note:
Not all levers are compatible with
all switches
!
!
!
!
Nylon
Steel
N/A
!
!
!
!
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Spring wire
Cable
!
N/A
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
!
!
!
!
!
Steel
Rubber
Rubber
Nylatron
Rubber
Delrin
LSZ67AA
LSZ68
6PA5-EX
6PA127-EX
6PA130-EX
6PA131-EX
6PA136-EX
6PA138-EX
6PA142-EX
6PA204-EX
Stainless steel
levers
LS2Z51A
LS2Z51B
LS2Z52A
LS2Z52B
LS2Z54N
Bronze
Nylon
Bronze
Bronze
Aluminium
Nylon
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
Bronze
Nylon
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Steel
Steel
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
69
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LEVERS
* denotes lever suitable for Explosion Proof Series switches
OPTIONS
One way roller lever
Standard fixed lever
Adjustable rod
MOUNTED ON
REFERENCE
LSZ51*
Without roller
RADIUS/LENGTH REFERENCE
Hub only
LSZ54*
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Front
Front
LSZ51A*
LSZ51B
Aluminium rod
5.5 in (139,7 mm) LSZ54M*
13.0 in (330,2 mm) LSZ54N
12.0 in (305 mm) LSZ54R
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Back
Back
LSZ51C*
LSZ51D
Stainless steel rod
Aluminium, spring only
Aluminium, flexible cable
Aluminium rod
RADIUS/LENGTH REFERENCE
1.56 in (39,6 mm) 6PA130-EX*
Bronze roller, clockwise
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Front
Front
GLZ51A
GLZ51B
4.8 in (122 mm)
7.9 in (200 mm)
LSZ54V
GLZ54J
Bronze roller, counter clockwise 1.56 in (39,6 mm) 6PA142-EX*
Bronze roller
Nylon roller
Front
Front
6PA5-EX*
6PA127-EX*
Stainless steel rod
Aluminium rod
13.0 in (330,2 mm) 6PA63
Ball bearing roller
Front
6PA144
Perpendicular (cross) roller lever
5.3 in (134,1 mm) 6PA136-EX*
Offset fixed lever
Adjustable rod, nylon roller
MOUNTED ON
REFERENCE
LSZ55*
Without roller
RADIUS/LENGTH REFERENCE
Bronze roller
1.81 in (46,0 mm) 6PA131-EX*
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Back
Back
LSZ55A*
LSZ55B
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Front
Front
LSZ55C*
LSZ55D
Yoke lever
Metal roller
Front
GLZ55B
RADIUS/LENGTH REFERENCE
12.5 in (317,5 mm) 6PA204-EX*
Aluminium rod, nylon roler
Adjustable lever
Spring rod
MOUNTED ON
Front/Back
REFERENCE
LSZ53A
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Front/Back
LSZ53B
Metal roller
Nylon roller
Front/Front
Back/Front
LSZ53D
Operating radius/length:
1.5 in to 3.5 in
(38,1 mm to 88,9 mm)
1.69 in to 3.0 in
LSZ53E*
Metal roller
Nylon roller
Back/Back
Back/Back
LSZ53P
LSZ53S*
-EX
(42,9 mm to 76,2 mm)
RADIUS/LENGTH REFERENCE
12.0 in (305 mm) LSZ68
Ø 0.25 in (6,35 mm)
Ø 0.17 in (4,32 mm)
Metal roller
Back/Front
LSZ53U
MOUNTED ON REFERENCE
Adjustable lever, without roller
LSZ52
7.4 in (188 mm)
6PA69
Metal roller
Metal roller
Nylon roller
Front/Back
Front/Front
Front/Front
6PA80
6PA82
6PA102
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Back
Back
LSZ52A*
LSZ52B
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Nylon roller,
Front
Front
LSZ52C*
LSZ52D
Ø 1.0 in (25,4) x 0.5 in (12,7 mm) Front
LSZ52J*
LSZ52K*
LSZ52M*
LSZ52N*
Nylon roller, Ø 1.5 in (38,1)
Nylon roller, Ø 2.0 in (50,8)
Front
Front
Nylon roller, 0.5 in wide (12,7 mm) Front
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Back
Back
GLZ52A
GLZ52B
Nylon roller,
Ø 1.0 in (25,4) x 0.5 in (12,7 mm) Front
6PA138-EX*
Note: Not all levers are compatible with all switches
70
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LEVERS
* denotes lever suitable for Explosion Proof Series switches
Stainless steel levers
Roller Diameter:
Roller Width:
0.75 in (19,1 mm)
0.25 in (6,35 mm)
**Large rubber roller, adjustable
lever
Flexible loop
OPTIONS
Standard fixed lever
RADIUS/LENGTH REFERENCE
Flexible loop
6.0 in (152 mm)
LSZ61
REFERENCE
LSZ52W
Ø 1.6 in X 0.50 in wide roller
(40,6 mm X 12,7 mm)
Hand operated button
Operating radius/length:
1.5 in (38,1 mm)
Ø 2 in X 0.50 in wide roller
(50,8 mm X 12,7 mm)
LSZ52Y
MOUNTED ON
REFERENCE
Nylon roller
Front
LS2Z51A*
Stainless steel roller
Front
LS2Z51B
**Conveyor roller arm
Adjustable lever
REFERENCE
Ø 1.5 in (38,1 mm)
6PA57
Operating radius/length:
6.78 in (172,2 mm)
**Large rubber roller, fixed lever
REFERENCE
LSZ67AA
Plastic roller, 1.5 in Ø X 3.8 in long
(38,1 mm X 96,5 mm)
Operating radius/length:
1.5 in to 3.5 in
(38,1 mm to 88,9 mm)
MOUNTED ON
Back
REFERENCE
LS2Z52A*
NOTICE **
Because of the lever’s mass, the limit switch should be
mounted with the lever facing down. This will enable
gravity to help restore the switch to the free position.
Nylon roller
REFERENCE
LSZ51W
Large rubber rollers and conveyor roller arm
Ø 1.6 in X 0.50 in wide roller
(40,6 mm X 12,7 mm)
Stainless steel roller
Back
LS2Z52B
Ø 2 in X 0.50 in wide roller
(50,8 mm X 12,7 mm)
LSZ51Y
Adjustable rod
**Large rubber roller, fixed offset
lever
Operating radius/length:
13 in (330,2 mm)
REFERENCE
LS2Z54N
REFERENCE
LSZ55W
Ø 1.6 in X 0.50 in wide roller
(40,6 mm X 12,7 mm)
Ø 2 in X 0.50 in wide roller
(50,8 mm X 12,7 mm)
LSZ55Y
Note: Not all levers are compatible with all switches
71
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
POWER RELAYS
Solder/Plug-In Terminal, DPDT
SZR-MY
Series Power
Relay
8 - O 1,2 [0.05] x 3 Holes
SZR-MY Series general-purpose power relays are designed for a wide range
of applications including power, as well as logic control, for factory machines
and control panels.
SZR-MY Series relays have a small package design for multiple application
needs. Relays are available in two configurations: DPDT with a 5 A load and
4PDT with a 3 A load. One standard and three options are available: LED
indicator, internal surge protection diode, and LED indicator/diode protection.
Current rating (SZR-MY2):
Current rating (SZR-MY4):
Contact resistance:
Contact material:
Agency approvals:
Operate time:
5 A
3 A
0,5
Max. 21,5
[0.85]
50 mOhm max.
Fine silver
[0.02]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
6,0
UL, CE, CSA
20 ms max.
20 ms max.
[0.24]
Standard
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
Release time:
Ambient temperature:
Ambient humidity:
Switching options:
-25 °C to 75 °C (-13 °F to 167 °F)
45% RH to 85% RH
DPDT, 4PDT
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/5 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY2-1-AC110-120V
SZR-MY2-1-AC220V
SZR-MY2-1-DC12V
SZR-MY2-1-DC24V
250 Vac/5 amp
125 Vdc/1 amp
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
125 Vdc/1 amp
LED Indicator
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/5 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY2-N1-AC110-120V
SZR-MY2-N1-AC220V
SZR-MY2-N1-DC12V
SZR-MY2-N1-DC24V
250 Vac/5 amp
125 Vdc/1 amp
125 Vdc/1 amp
Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
REFERENCE
SZR-MY2-D1-DC24V
MY2 Series
125 Vdc/1 amp
OPTIONS
LED Indicator/Diode Protection
Standard, PCB Terminal, DPDT
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
MAX. CONTACT RATING
REFERENCE
SZR-MY2-X1-DC24V
24 Vdc
125 Vdc/1 amp
3,5
[0.14]
0,5
[0.02]
Max. 21,5
[0.85]
6,0
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
[0.24]
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220/240 Vac
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/5 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY2-1P-AC110-120V
SZR-MY2-1P-AC220V-240V
SZR-MY2-1P-DC24V
250 Vac/5 amp
125 Vdc/1 amp
72
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
POWER RELAYS
Solder/Plug-In Terminal, 4PDT
MY4 Series
OPTIONS
Standard, PCB Terminal, 4PDT
14 - O 1.2 [0.05] x 3 Holes
3,5
[0.14]
Max. 21,5
[0.85]
0,5
[0.02]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
6,0
[0.24]
0,5
[0.02]
Max. 21,5
[0.85]
Standard
5,0
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
[0.20]
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/3 amp
250 Vac/3 amp
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY4-1-AC110-120V
SZR-MY4-1-AC220V
SZR-MY4-1-DC12V
SZR-MY4-1-DC24V
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/3 amp
250 Vac/3 amp
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
REFERENCE
110/120 Vac
220/240 Vac
24 Vdc
SZR-MY4-1P-AC110-120V
SZR-MY4-1P-AC220V-240V
SZR-MY4-1P-DC24V
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
LED Indicator
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/3 amp
250 Vac/3 amp
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY4-N1-AC110-120V
SZR-MY4-N1-AC220V
SZR-MY4-N1-DC12V
SZR-MY4-N1-DC24V
Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
MAX. CONTACT RATING
REFERENCE
24 Vdc
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
SZR-MY4-D1-DC24V
LED Indicator/Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
MAX. CONTACT RATING
REFERENCE
24 Vdc
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
SZR-MY4-X1-DC24V
73
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
POWER RELAYS
LY2 Series
SZR-LY Series Power Relay
OPTIONS
Standard, PCB Terminal, DPDT
1,0
[0.04]
SZR-LY Series general-purpose power relays are designed for a wide range of
applications including power, as well as logic control, for factory machines
and control panels.
Max. 21,5 [0.85]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
4,5
[0.18]
SZR-LY Series relays break 10 A loads are ideal for control panels that require
stable and reliable relays.
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/10 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY2-1P-AC110-120V
SZR-LY2-1P-DC24V
125 Vdc/2 amp
One standard and three options are available: LED indicator, internal surge
protection diode, and LED indicator/diode protection.
Current rating:
10 A
50 mOhm max.
Silver cadium oxide
Solder/Plug-In Terminal, DPDT
Contact resistance:
Contact material:
Agency approvals:
Operating frequency:
14 - O 3,0 [0.12]
UL, CE, CSA
18,000 operations/hour (mechanical)
1,800 operations/hour (electrical)
25 ms max.
Operate time:
Release time:
25 ms max.
-25 °C to 70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F)
45% RH to 85% RH
Ambient temperature:
Ambient humidity:
Switching options:
3,0 [0.12]
6,4 [0.26]
DPDT, 4PDT
Max. 21,5
[0.85]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
Standard
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/10 amp
250 Vac/10 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY2-1-AC110-120V
SZR-LY2-1-AC220V
SZR-LY2-1-DC12V
SZR-LY2-1-DC24V
125 Vdc/2 amp
LED Indicator
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/10 amp
250 Vac/10 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY2-N1-AC110-120V
SZR-LY2-N1-AC220V
SZR-LY2-N1-DC12V
SZR-LY2-N1-DC24V
125 Vdc/2 amp
Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
MAX. CONTACT RATING
REFERENCE
24 Vdc
125 Vdc/2 amp
SZR-LY2-D1-DC24V
LED Indicator/Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
125 Vdc/ 2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY2-X1-DC24V
74
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
POWER RELAYS
LY4 Series
OPTIONS
Solder/Plug-In Terminal, 4PDT
Standard, PCB Terminal, 4PDT
14 - O 3.0 Holes
1,0
[0.04]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
3,0
[0.12]
Max. 41,5 [1.63]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
4,5
Max. 41,5 [1.63]
6,4 [0.25]
[0.18]
Standard
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220/240 Vac
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/10 amp
250 Vac/10 amp
REFERENCE
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/10 amp
250 Vac/10 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY4-1P-AC110-120V
SZR-LY4-1P-AC220V-240V
SZR-LY4-1P-DC24V
SZR-LY4-1-AC110-120V
SZR-LY4-1-AC220V
SZR-LY4-1-DC12V
SZR-LY4-1-DC24V
125 Vdc/2 amp
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
125 Vdc/2 amp
LED Indicator
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/10 amp
250 Vac/10 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY4-N1-AC110-120V
SZR-LY4-N1-AC220V
SZR-LY4-N1-DC12V
SZR-LY4-N1-DC24V
125 Vdc/2 amp
Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
REFERENCE
SZR-LY4-D1-DC24V
125 Vdc/2 amp
LED Indicator/Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
MAX. CONTACT RATING
REFERENCE
24 Vdc
125 Vdc/2 amp
SZR-LY4-X1-DC24V
75
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
POWER RELAYS
MY2 Series Socket
LY2 Series Socket
22,0 [0.87]
19,0
[0.75]
25,0 ± 0,2
[0.99 ± .008]
6,0
[0.24]
8,0
[0.31]
3,9
[0.15]
26,0
[1.02]
2-M3 or 2-M4
2 - M4
2 - O 4,5 [0.18] Holes
2 - O 4,5 [0.18] Holes
18,0
[0.70]
26,0 [1.02]
30,0 [1.18]
26,0
[1.02]
14,5
[0.57]
25,0 [0.99]
30,0 [1.18]
25,0 [0.99]
TYPE
Rail socket
POLES
2
REFERENCE
SZX-SMF-08N
TYPE
Rail socket
POLES
2
REFERENCE
SZX-SLF-08N
MY4 Series Socket
LY4 Series Socket
7,0
[0.28]
2 - O 6,0 [0.24]
6,0
[0.24]
3,4 [0.13]
4,5
[0.18]
14-M3.5x8
3,9
[0.15]
2-M4
26,0
[1.02]
36,0 ± 0,2
[1.42 ± 0.008]
2-M3 or 2-M4
2 - O 4,5 [0.18] Holes
18,0
26,0 [1.02]
30,0 [1.18]
[0.70]
8,0
[0.31]
Max. 45,5
[1.79]
25,0 [0.99]
Max. 30,0 [1.18]
TYPE
Rail socket
POLES
4
REFERENCE
SZX-SMF-14N
TYPE
Rail socket
POLES
4
REFERENCE
SZX-SLF-14
76
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
Electromechanical Safety
Switches
Honeywell is a worldwide leader in advanced switching and sensing
technology - especially in the area of industrial safety. We offer both
electromechanical safety switches and electronic safety sensors as well as
safety control modules for safety applications in all categories of risk.
Customers can count on our diverse product line to meet all of their machine
safety applications.
Honeywell products meet or exceed European machine safety standards and
have been approved (CE, BG, INRS) for use in Europe for more than 25 years.
As North America moves toward harmonizing with global standards, machine
builders and users can confidently turn to Honeywell for compliant machine
safety solutions. Our products are designed to meet all applicable OSHA and
ANSI standards.
Refer to pages 6 and 7 for more information about degrees of protection and
electrical ratings.
Protective Guarding
Cable Pull Switches
Cable-pull limit switches serve as a readily accessible means of emergency
stop for applications. These cable-pull devices are visible, accessible and easy
to use and they immediately open the emergency stop circuit when activated.
Protective guarding around a dangerous machine can be achieved with
tamper-resistant safety switches. Safety switches incorporate positive opening
operation such that even a welded contact will be mechanically broken and a
stop signaled. These switches monitor the position of moveable guards and
doors, which are used to safeguard access to equipment and provide
protection from ejected pieces, chips, projectiles or oil. These safeguards
require a relatively low investment and provide reliable protection if they are
regularly checked and maintained.
77
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
Used alone as Category 1 safety components or, in conjunction with other safety switches and our complete
range of safety relays, it is possible to construct comprehensive protection schemes with Category 2, 3 or 4
compliance.
The preleaded versions allow rapid fit, easy cable routing and function testing which cut costs dramatically
in OEM applications. Simple upgrade guarding solution for End User applications.
GKM Series
Global Miniature
Safety Key
Low energy basic switches are rated as follows:
Operating Voltage Ue
Operating Current Ie
1 Vdc to 60 Vdc or 1 Vac to 125 Vac
1 mA to 50 mA
Operated Switch
Example of catalog listing using a low energy basic switch - GKMA19
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
> 1 million
IP66/67, EN 60529, NEMA 1, 12, 13
-25 °C to 85 °C (-13 °F to 185 °F)
CE, UL, CSA
AC15 B300
DC13 Q300
Contacts:
Silver
Low energy
Gold plated
Slow action contacts
Switching options:
1 Normally Closed/1 Normally Open, Break Before Make
1NC/1NO, BBM - GKMF
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy - GKMA, B, C, D
3
4
1 Brown
4 Black
Blue 3
2
1
White 2
3
2
1
4
2 Normally Closed
2NC - GKMF
2NC, low energy - GKMA, B, C, D
3
2
1
1 Brown
4 Black
Blue 3
4
White 2
3
2
4
1
Electrical ratings:
IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational current le (A)
at rated operational voltage Ue
VA
rating
Designation & Utilization
Category
120 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 500 V 600 V
Make
Break
720
720
360
72
AC15
AC15
AC15
AC14
A600
A300
B300
D300
6
6
3
3
3
1.5
0,3
1,9
1,5
1,4
1,2
7200
7200
3600
432
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0,6
125 V 250 V
DC13
DC13
Q300
R300
0,55
0,22
0,27
0,1
69
28
69
28
Of key slot
90˚ - Key shown in optional
actuating positions
Body style 'B'
16 max. /
0.63
17,2 /
0.67
1,6 /
0.058
12,8 /
0.504
32 max. /
1.26
Key
slot
37,4 /
1.47
22,0 /
0.866
10 max. /
0.30
2,3 /
0.69
34 max. /
0.34
2 X mounting holes
for M4 or #8 screws.
Counter bored both sides
08,3
X
4,5 deep.
0.366 0.177
78
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
OPTIONS
KEY STYLE
Straight key
Side exit cable
Side exit M12 dc micro-change
connector
45 /
Face 'A'
1.77
2 + max. /
12,8 /
0.504
0.945
2,5 /
3,5 /
0.093
0.138
CABLE LENGTH
CONTACT
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy GKMA19
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy GKMA29
1NC/1NO, BBM
REFERENCE
GKMA17
21,3 /
0.638
1 m
1 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
3 m
3 m
3 m
3 m
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
REFERENCE
15 /
0.59
6,4 min. /
0.252
GKMC03
GKMC06
GKMC07
GKMC09
GKMA23
GKMA26
GKMA27
22 /
0.866
2 holes for M4
or #8 screws
GKMA33
GKMA36
GKMA37
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy GKMA39
REFERENCE
GKZ51M
Stainless steel
Bottom exit M12 dc micro-change
connector
90° key
Bottom exit cable
2 holes for M4
or #8 screws with
45˚ C' SK
X
2,1 deep
0.083
14 max. /
0.55
Face 'A'
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
REFERENCE
GKMD03
GKMD07
GKMD09
22 /
0.866
12,8 /
0.504
6,4 min. /
0.252
CABLE LENGTH
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy GKMB19
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy GKMB29
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
REFERENCE
GKMB13
GKMB16
1 m
1 m
1 m
1 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
3 m
3 m
3 m
3 m
32 max. /
1.25
GKMB17
24 max. /
0.945
Dual exit M12 dc micro-change
connector
GKMB23
GKMB26
GKMB27
REFERENCE
GKZ52M
Stainless steel
GKMB33
GKMB36
GKMB37
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy GKMB39
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
REFERENCE
GKMF03
GKMF06
GKMF07
GKMF09
79
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
The Hinge Mount Safety Limit Switch is designed for use on machine access doors as an alternative solution
to key operated interlocks and safety limit switches. When the access door is opened, a follower pin (not
supplied) slides down the slot in the actuator lever, forcing the actuator lever to rotate and positively open the
NC safety circuit to shut off the machine. Closing the access door rotates the actuator lever to the reset
position, closing the NC safety contacts.
The Hinge Mount Safety Limit Switch minimizes alignment problems because it may be offset-mounted from
the hinge point of the door. The tamper-resistant design and the positive opening contacts provide a higher
level of safety than the conventional spring-driven limit switches often used to monitor door position.
GSS Series
Hinge Mount Safety
Limit Switch
Low Energy Switching
In today’s demanding age of low energy controls, electromechanical switches are frequently used to interface
directly with safety relays, PLCs and other low energy devices. To accommodate this requirement GSS offers
a new gold plated contact version of the standard basic switch. This improves reliability of switching at low
currents and voltages by protecting the contact surfaces from contamination during operation or storage
prior to use.
Standard silver contacts have a disadvantage in that the contact surface may tarnish under certain
environmental conditions, e.g. in the presence of moisture.
Low energy basic switches are rated as follows:
Operating Voltage Ue
Operating Current Ie
1 Vdc to 60 Vdc or 1 Vac to 125 Vac
1 mA to 50 mA
Example of catalog listing using a low energy basic switch - GSCB33S2.
Switching options:
GSC/D
GSE
Slow action contacts (4NC)
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
11
21
12
22
13
21
14
22
4Y
31
41
32
42
Zb
Slow action contacts (1NC/1NO) BBM
Slow action contacts (2NC/2NO) BBM
11
21
12
22
22
21
2Y, 2X
Zb
33
43
34
44
13
14
Slow action contacts (2NC)
Slow action contacts (3NC/1NO) BBM
12
11
21
31
22
32
11
21
12
22
2Y
3Y, 1X
43
44
Electrical ratings:
IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational current le (A)
at rated operational voltage Ue
VA
rating
Make
Designation & Utilization
Category
120 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 500 V 600 V
Break
720
720
360
72
AC15
AC15
AC15
AC14
A600
A300
B300
D300
6
6
3
3
1,9
1,5
1,4
1,2
7200
7200
3600
432
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
0,6
1.5
0,3
125 V 250 V
DC13
DC13
Q300
R300
0,55
0,22
0,27
0,1
69
28
69
28
80
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
ACTUATED SWITCHES
GSC Metal body
GSD Plastic body
EN 50047
Rotated 90° to the left
from center
Rotated 90° to the right
from center
Safety Standard
22 /
0.87
20 /
104 /
4.09
180 MIN
24,75 /
0.97
70 /
0.78
2.76
3 /
0.12
45 /
1.77
2,15 /
R
0.08
55 /
2.16
GSC - Metal body
CONTACT
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
GSCA01S3
GSCA03S3
GSCA06S3
GSCB36S3
GSC - Metal body
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
CONTACT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
20 mm
REFERENCE
GSCA01S1
GSCA03S1
GSCA06S1
GSCC36S1
30,5 /
1.20
3,5 /
0.138
1NC/1NO
14,5 /
0.57
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
30 /
1.18
2NC, low energy
GSD - Plastic body
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
GSDA03S3
GSDA06S3
GSDB03S3
GSDB06S3
GSDC01S3
GSD - Plastic body
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
GSDA03S1
GSDA06S1
GSDB03S1
GSDB06S1
GSDC01S1
conduit
thread
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
19,8 /
0.78
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
1NC/1NO
ø 23 /
ø 0.9
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
up to 1 million
IP 66, NEMA 1, 4 (GSC), 12, 13
Rotated 90° either direction from
Operating temperature:
-25 °C to 85 °C
(-13 °F to 185 °F) center
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC15 A300
Approvals:
5,1 /
0.20
11,5 /
0.45
DC13 Q300
UL, CSA, BG
2 /
0.08
45 /
1.77
70 /
2.76
90 min.
90 min.
12,5 /
0.49
24,8 /
0.97
28 /
GSC - Metal body
CONTACT
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GSCA01S2
GSCA03S2
GSCA06S2
GSCB36S2
GSD - Plastic body
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
CONDUIT
REFERENCE
GSDA03S2
GSDA06S2
GSDB03S2
GSDB06S2
GSDC01S2
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
1NC/1NO
81
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
ACTUATED SWITCHES
GSE EN 50047 Compatible
Safety 3 Conduit Metal
Standard
Rotated 90° to the left
from center
42 /
1.65
40 /
1.57
22 /
24,75 /
0.97
0.87
104 /
4.09
12,5 /
0.49
20 /
0.79
3 /
0.12
70 /
2.76
45 /
1.77
2,15 /
0.08
R
60 /
2.37
13,75 /
0.54
2,5 /
0.1
52 /
4 /
0.16
12 /
0.47
2.05
30 /
1.18
57 /
2.24
65 /
2.56
CONTACT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
20 mm
REFERENCE
GSEA44S1
GSEA46S1
GSEC41S1
2NC/2NO, BBM
3NC/1NO, BBM
4NC, low energy
conduit
thread
23,8 /
0.94
Rotated 90° either direction from
center
ø 23 /
ø 0.9
5,1 /
0.20
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
up to 1 million
IP 66, NEMA/UL 1, 4, 12, 13
11,5 /
0.45
Operating temperature:
-25 °C to 85 °C
(-13 °F to 185 °F)
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC15 A300
2 /
45 /
0.08
1.77
Approvals:
70 /
2.76
DC13 Q300
UL, CSA, BG
90 min.
90 min.
12,5 /
0.49
24,8 /
0.97
28 /
CONTACT
2NC/2NO, BBM
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
REFERENCE
GSEA44S2
Rotated 90° to the right
from center
180 MIN
CONTACT
2NC/2NO, BBM
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
REFERENCE
GSEA44S3
82
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
The GK Series is designed specifically for use on machines where key removal brings the machine to an
immediate safe condition. It provides enhanced operator safety when added to hinged or sliding guard
doors, screens and protective covers on enclosures. The GK Series is especially well suited for large door
applications, typically in the automotive plant floor environment. Its heavy duty construction withstands
harsh industrial environments where rugged, long-term durability is required.
GK Series
Dual Entry Key
Operated Safety
Interlock Switch
Nearly 1000 options are available in a simple to understand part number tree.
A safety lockout device is also available for use with the GK Series. The lockout device (GKZL2) is specifically
designed to prevent a key from being inserted either manually, or by the access door being closed while
maintenance personnel are working on the machine. When inserted, the lockout device can accommodate
up to four padlocks to prevent unauthorised removal of the device.
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
up to 15 million
IP 67, NEMA/UL type 1, 4, 12,13
-25 °C to 85 °C (-13 °F to 185 °F)
CE, CSA, UL
AC15 A300/A600
DC13 Q300
Contacts:
Silver
Low energy
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
Gold
Switching options:
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
13
11
14
13
14
12
Zb
23
21
24
22
21
22
Slow action contacts (1NC/1NO), BBM
Slow action contacts (2NC)
22
21
21
22
Zb
2Y
13
12
11
14
Slow action contacts (2NC/2NO), BBM
Slow action contacts (3NC/1NO)
11
21
31
12
22
32
11
21
12
22
2y,2x
3y,1x
13
23
14
24
43
44
Slow action contacts (4NC)
11
21
12
22
31
41
32
42
4y
Electrical ratings:
IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational current le (A)
at rated operational voltage Ue
VA
rating
Make
Designation & Utilization
Category
120 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 500 V 600 V
Break
AC15
AC15
AC15
AC14
A600
A300
B300
D300
6
6
3
3
1,9
1,5
1,4
1,2
7200
7200
3600
432
720
720
360
72
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
0,6
1.5
0,3
125 V 250 V
DC13
DC13
Q300
R300
0,55
0,22
0,27
0,1
69
28
69
28
83
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
GK Series (continued)
Head orientation
OPTIONS
Opening to front and top
Opening to right and top
42 /
1.65
9 /
0.35
8 /
0.32
32 /
1.26
31 /
1.22
45,7
1.80
121,6 /
4.79
35 /
1.38
60 /
2.36
82 /
3.23
75,9 /
2.99
7,3 /
0.29
5,3 /
0.21
42,6 /
1.68
ø 5,3 /
0.21
30 /
1.18
Standard
Single LED indicator
CONDUIT CONTACT
1/2 NPT 1NC/1NO
1/2 NPT 1NC/1NO
KEY
90°
REFERENCE
GKBA1L7
CONDUIT CONTACT
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
KEY
REFERENCE
straight GKCA14M6
Up-down GKBA1L8-F11*
1/2 NPT 1NC/1NO
None
GKBA1LX
1/2 NPT 4NC
90°
GKBA10L7
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
1/2 NPT 3NC/1NO, BBM
1/2 NPT 3NC/1NO, BBM
1/2 NPT 2NC/NO
Straight GKBA14L6
90° GKBA14L7
Straight GKBA16L6
90° GKBA16L7
Straight GKBA2L6
Opening to left and top
22 /
0.87
1/2 NPT 4NC, low energy
1/2 NPT 3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy None
None
GKBA30LX
GKBA36LX
1/2 NPT 1NC/1NO, BBM
1/2 NPT 1NC/1NO, BBM
1/2 NPT 2NC
Straight GKBA3L6
90°
GKBA3L7
None
GKBA6LX
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
2NC/2NO, BBM
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC/2NO, BBM
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
2NC/NO
4NC, low energy
Straight GKBB14L6
90°
90°
90°
GKBB3L7
GKBB6L7
GKBC14L7
Straight GKBC1L6
90°
GKBC1L7
GKBC1LX
GKBC2LX
GKBC30LX
GKBC36LX
GKBC6LX
None
None
None
3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy None
2NC
None
Single LED indicator
* fluorocarbon seal
CONDUIT CONTACT
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
1/2 NPT 1NC/1NO
KEY
REFERENCE
Straight GKCA14P6
90°
Single LED indicator
GKCA1P7
CONDUIT CONTACT
1/2 NPT 1NC/1NO
1/2 NPT 1NC/1NO
1/2 NPT 1NC/1NO
1/2 NPT 2NC
KEY
REFERENCE
Straight GKCA1L6
90°
None
None
Straight GKCA10L6
Straight GKCA14L6
90°
GKCA1L7
GKCA1LX
GKCA6LX
Double LED indicator
CONDUIT CONTACT
KEY
90°
REFERENCE
GKDA14P7
1/2 NPT 4NC
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
1/2 NPT 4NC, low energy
GKCA14L7
Side-side GKCA14L9
None
GKCA30LX
GKCA36LX
GKCC1LX
GKCC6LX
GKCC30LX
GKCC36LX
1/2 NPT 3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy None
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
1NC/1NO
2NC
4NC, low energy
3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy None
None
None
None
Double LED indicator
CONDUIT CONTACT
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
KEY
90°
REFERENCE
GKDA14L7
84
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
The GKR (head to the right) and GKL (head to the left) products offer the user an unrivalled range of standard
options.
The GKR/GKL product is a key actuated device incorporating a key trapping mechanism. The switch is used
on machinery where instant stop and access to the machinery is either impossible (due to the momentum of
the machine) or impractical (due to tool or machine damage or scrapped product if the current machine
cycle is interrupted).
The switch incorporates an optional manual override feature which allows removal of the key for emergency
access.
Over 1000 options are available in a simple to understand part number tree.
A safety lockout device is also available for use with the GKR/GKL Series. The lockout device (GKZL2) is
specifically designed to prevent a key from being inserted either manually, or by the access door being
closed while maintenance personnel are working on the machine. When inserted, the lockout device can
accommodate up to four padlocks to prevent unauthorised removal of the device.
GKL/GKR Series
Dual Entry Solenoid
Key Operated Safety
Interlock Switch
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
up to 1 million
IP 68, NEMA/UL type 1, 4, 6P, 12,13
-25 °C to 40 °C (-13 °F to 104 °F)
CE, CSA, UL
AC15 A300/A600
DC13 Q300
Contacts:
Silver
Low energy
Gold-plated
Switching options:
Snap Action
Type 11NC/1NO Direct Opening
13
21
14
22
Zb
Slow Acting
Type 3
1NC/1NO, Break before make (BBM)
Type 14/15
2NC/2NO, Break before make (BBM)
11
21
12
22
21
13
22
14
2Y, 2X
Zb
33
43
34
44
2 Slow Acting
Type 36
3NC/1NO, Break before make (BBM),low energy
Type 40
4NC
12
11
21
31
11
12
22
32
22
21
4Y
31
41
32
42
3Y, 1X
43
44
Type 44
Type 46
3NC/1NO, Break before make (BBM)
2NC/2NO, Break before make (BBM)
12
22
11
21
11
21
31
12
22
32
2Y,2X
33
43
34
44
3Y,1X
43
44
85
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
GKL/GKR Series (continued)
Key:
Type 6
Type 9
Type X
Straight
Side - side, spring loaded
No key
OPTIONS
Opening to front and top
Latching mechanism:
Type A
Mechanical (solenoid unlock with
screwdriver)
9 /
0.35
Type B
Type S
Mechanical (without override)
Electrical (solenoid unlock with
screwdriver)
Solenoid voltage:
Electrical ratings:
Type 2
Type 4
24 Vdc
120 Vac
IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational current le (A)
VA
Designation & Utilization
Category
at rated operational voltage Ue
120 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 500 V 600 V
rating
Make
7200
7200
3600
432
Break
720
720
360
72
AC15
AC15
AC15
AC14
A600
A300
B300
D300
6
6
3
1,9
1,5
1,4
1,2
Left
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
0,6
1.5
0,3
1/2 in - NPT buna-n seals
125 V 250 V
CONTACT
TYPE
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
40 (4NC)
46 (3NC, BBM)
KEY
LATCHING
TYPE
A
A
A
SOLENOID
VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
REFERENCE
DC13
DC13
Q300
R300
0,55
0,22
0,27
0,1
69
28
69
28
None
None
None
GKLE3LXA2
GKLE40LXA2
GKLE46LXA2
Right
1/2 in - NPT buna-n seals
CONTACT
TYPE
40 (4NC)
46 (3NC, BBM)
KEY
LATCHING
TYPE
A
A
SOLENOID
VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
REFERENCE
31 /
1.22
32,5 /
1.28
19 /
0.75
None
None
GKRE40LXA2
GKRE46LXA2
24 Vdc
43,7 /
1.72
2 x 7,3 /
0.29
33 /
1.30
2 x ø 5,3 /
0.21
2 x 5,3 /
0.21
75 /
2.95
100 /
3.94
105,3 /
4.13
110 /
4.33
65 /
2.56
20 /
0.79
100 /
3.94
43 /
1.69
48,8 /
1.92
110 /
4.33
86
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
Opening to left and top
Opening to right and top
26 /
1.02
12 /
0.47
Right
1/2 in - NPT buna-n seals
Left
1/2 in - NPT buna-n seals
CONTACT
TYPE
KEY
LATCHING
TYPE
SOLENOID
VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
REFERENCE
CONTACT
TYPE
KEY
LATCHING
TYPE
SOLENOID
VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
REFERENCE
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
None
None
None
None
A
A
S
S
A
A
S
S
GKLE3PXA2
GKLE3PXA4
GKLE3PXS2
GKLE3PXS4
GKLE36PXA2
GKLE36PXA4
GKLE36PXS2
GKLE36PXS4
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
None
None
None
None
A
A
S
S
A
A
S
GKRE3MXA2
GKRE3MXA4
GKRE3MXS2
GKRE3MXS4
GKRE36MXA2
GKRE36MXA4
GKRE36MXS2
120 Vac
20 mm - buna-n seals
20 mm - buna-n seals
CONTACT
KEY
LATCHING
TYPE
SOLENOID
VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
REFERENCE
CONTACT
KEY
LATCHING
TYPE
SOLENOID
VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
REFERENCE
TYPE
1 (1NC/1NO)
1 (1NC/1NO)
1 (1NC/1NO)
1 (1NC/1NO)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
None
None
None
None
None
A
A
S
S
A
A
A
S
S
GKRG1MXA2
GKRG1MXA4
GKRG1MXS2
GKRG1MXS4
GKRG3MXA2
GKRG36MXA2
GKRG36MXA4
GKRG36MXS2
GKRG36MXS4
TYPE
1 (1NC/1NO)
1 (1NC/1NO)
1 (1NC/1NO)
1 (1NC/1NO)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
Non
A
A
S
S
S
A
A
S
S
B
GKLG1PXA2
GKLG1PXA4
GKLG1PXS2
GKLG1PXS4
GKLG3PXS2
GKLG36PXA2
GKLG36PXA4
GKLG36PXS2
GKLG36PXS4
GKLG44PXB2
None
None
None
None
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy) None
44 (2NC/2NO, BBM)
None
87
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
Keys for GK and
GKL/GKR switches
Straight key
Locking slider bolt
with actuating key
77 /
3.03
49,8 /
1.96
20 /
0.79
8,5 /
0.33
2x ø 5,3 /
0.21
15 /
0.59
3x HOLE PROVIDED
FOR LOCKOUT
14 /
0.55
19,0 /
.75
3 /
0.12
REFERENCE
GKZ56
90° key
8,5 /
0.33
49,8 /
1.96
14 /
0.55
2 x ø 5,3 /
0.21
40 /
1.57
52 /
2.05
37,10 1,52 /
1.460 .060
4x ø 5,1 /
.20
26,77 1,52 /
1.054 .060
4,93 /
.194
7,0 ,7 /
.28 .03
36,8 /
1.45
REFERENCE
GKZ57
26,97 /
1.062
14,0 /
.55
115,87 /
4.562
12,04 /
.474
41,81 ,76 /
1.646 .030
140,0 ,7 /
5.51 .03
Spring-loaded key: up/down
13,5 /
0.53
18,5 /
0.73
17,8 /
0.70
REFERENCE
GKZ71
REFERENCE
GKZ73
8,5 /
0.33
0°key rotation
180° key rotation
2 X ø 5,3 /
0.21
84,9 /
3.34
40 /
1.57
30 /
1.18
14 /
0.55
REFERENCE
GKZ58
Spring-loaded key: left/right
8,5 /
0.33
REFERENCE
GKZ72
REFERENCE
GKZ74
90° key rotation
270° key rotation
84,9 /
3.34
2 X ø 5,3 /
14 /
0.21
0.55
20,5 /
0.81
13,5 /
0.53
18,5 /
0.73
30 /
1.18
40 /
1.57
REFERENCE
GKZ59
88
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
CPS Series Cable Pull Safety Switches provide a readily accessible emergency stop signal. This is a cost-
effective means compared to using multiple emergency stop push-buttons. (Cable Pull Safety Switches are
not, however, to be used as a means of personnel safeguarding. They may be used to prevent further injury
or damage to equipment when used for emergency stop signaling.)
The CPS Series Cable Pull Safety switch is designed to provide emergency stop protection for exposed
conveyor and assembly lines. The internal mechanism latches on both slackened cable (push) and pulled
cable. This capability also enhances productivity by eliminating nuisance stops due to variations in temperature,
stretch of cable over time, and other application variables.
The 1CPS is intended for use in applications where the cable span is 76 m (250 ft) or shorter. It is an
economical solution for shorter runs or zone protection typical to automated systems. The 2CPS series is
intended for use in very long cable runs of 152 m (500 ft) or shorter, such as long conveyor lines found in
warehouses.
CPS Series
Cable Pull Safety
Switch
The CPS complies with: Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, as amended by directive 93/68/EEC; Machinery
Directive 98/37/EEC only as the directives relate to the components being used in a safety function; IEC/EN
60947-1; IEC/EN 60947-5-1; IEC/EN 60947-5-5.
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
1 000 000
IP67, NEMA 1, 4, 12,13
-25 °C to 80 °C (-13 °F to 176 °F)
-40 °C to 80 °C (-40 °F to 176 °F)
AC15 A300
1CPS
2CPS
Approvals:
DC13 Q300
1CPS
UL, CSA
2CPS
1CPS
UL, CSA, BG
Contacts:
Silver
1CPS, Low energy
2CPS
Gold plated
Gold plate over silver
Switching options:
1CPS
2CPS
1NC/1NO
21
13
22
14
N/A
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
4NC
21
13
22
14
21
22
14
21
13
22
14
21
13
22
14
13
12
22
12
22
21
13
22
14
11
21
21
13
22
14
11
21
12
22
12
22
12
22
11
21
12
22
11
21
11
21
11
21
2CPS contact block mounting:
1
2
To housing
Removable with heavy duty terminals
1
2
I
I
1CPS indicator Light Code:
No letter
A
No indicator provided
24 Vdc red LED
B
120 Vac red LED
2CPS indicator Light Code:
No letter
A
B
No indicator provided
24 Vdc red multi-cluster LED
120 Vac red multi-cluster LED
89
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
CPS Series (continued)
1CPS
172,72
[6.8]
6,35
152,4
[6.0]
[0.25]
81,28
[3.2]
B
99,06
33,02
[1.3]
[3.9]
88,9
[3.5]
76,2
[3.0]
4X Ø 7,11
Ø 0.28
12,7
[0.5]
50,8
[2.1]
117,42
[4.623]
A
65,20
[2.567]
56,79
[2.236]
50,83
[2.001]
25,4
[1.00]
3X 25,4
[1.0]
25,4
[1.00]
2X 26,67
[1.050]
C
D
A
B
C
D
Fully extended
Optional indicator
Conduit thread (3 total)
Mounting pad (4 total)
OPTIONS
Cable maintained
1/2 in NPT
20 mm
CONTACT
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
4NC
1NC/1NO, low energy
2NC/2NO, low energy
2NC/2NO, low energy
2NC/2NO, low energy
3NC/1NO, low energy
4NC, low energy
INDICATOR
None
24 V
120 V
None
24 V
120 V
None
24 V
120 V
None
None
None
24 V
REFERENCE
1CPSA1
1CPSA1A
1CPSA1B
1CPSA2
1CPSA2A
1CPSA2B
1CPSA3
1CPSA3A
1CPSA3B
1CPSA4
1CPSA5
1CPSA6
1CPSA6A
1CPSA6B
1CPSA7
CONTACT
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
4NC
1NC/1NO, low energy
2NC/2NO, low energy
2NC/2NO, low energy
3NC/1NO, low energy
4NC, low energy
INDICATOR
None
24 V
None
24 V
120 V
None
24 V
None
None
None
24 V
REFERENCE
1CPSC1
1CPSC1A
1CPSC2
1CPSC2A
1CPSC2B
1CPSC3
1CPSC3A
1CPSC4
1CPSC5
1CPSC6
1CPSC6A
1CPSC7
1CPSC8
None
None
120 V
None
None
1CPSA8
90
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
SAFETY SWITCHES
2CPS
40,4
(1.60)
67,8
(2.63)
79,8
(3.14)
92,9
(3.66)
325,9
(12.75)
A
152,4
(6.00)
52,1
(2.05)
12,7
(0.50)
18,3
(0.72)
21,1
(0.75)
RUN
OFF
34,9
(1.38)
D
2X
S
SLACK
T
T
2X 8,9
(0.35)
81,3
(3.20)
152,4
(6.00)
40,5
(1.60)
2X 6,9
(0.27)
104,8
(4.13)
2X
C
B
2X 31,75
(1.25)
6,4
(0.25)
57,2
D
2X
12,7
(0.50)
C
(2.25)
2X 6,9
(0.27)
139,7
(5.50)
3X 21,5
(0.85)
244,6
(9.63)
A
A
B
C
D
Fully extended
Optional indicator
RUN
OFF
Conduit thread (3 total)
Mounting pad (4 total)
S
SLACK
T
T
Cable maintained both sides
1/2 in NPT
No actuation right side, cable maintained left side
1/2 in NPT
CONTACT
CONTACT BLOCK
INDICATOR
REFERENCE
CONTACT
CONTACT BLOCK
INDICATOR
REFERENCE
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
None
2CPSA1A1
2CPSA1A1A
2CPSA1A1B
2CPSA1B1
2CPSA1B1A
2CPSA1B1B
2CPSA2A1
2CPSA2A1A
2CPSA2A1B
2CPSA2B1
2CPSA2B1A
2CPSA2B1B
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
None
2CPSA1A2
2CPSA1A2A
2CPSA1A2B
2CPSA1B2
2CPSA1B2A
2CPSA1B2B
2CPSA2A2
2CPSA2A2A
2CPSA2A2B
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
20 mm
CONTACT
CONTACT BLOCK
MOUNTING
1
1
INDICATOR
REFERENCE
20 mm
CONTACT
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
None
24 Vdc
2CPSC1A2
2CPSC1A2A
CONTACT BLOCK
INDICATOR
REFERENCE
MOUNTING
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
4NC
1
1
1
None
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
2CPSC1A1
2CPSC1A1A
2CPSC1D1A
No actuation left side, cable maintained right side
1/2 in NPT
CONTACT
CONTACT BLOCK
MOUNTING
INDICATOR
REFERENCE
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
None
2CPSA1A3
2CPSA1A3A
2CPSA1A3B
2CPSA1B3
2CPSA1B3A
2CPSA1B3B
2CPSA2A3
2CPSA2A3A
2CPSA2A3B
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
20 mm
CONTACT
CONTACT BLOCK
MOUNTING
INDICATOR
REFERENCE
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
1
1
None
24 Vdc
2CPSC1A3
2CPSC1A3A
91
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
Blank page
92
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Linear and Rotary Position
Position sensors respond to the movement or location of a target, such as a
molding press slide or a pulley shaft, by producing either a digital or an
analogue output correlated to its location. Honeywell position sensors include
digital and analogue Hall-effect position sensors, magnetoresistive digital
sensors and potentiometric rotary and linear sensors. Sensors are directly
compatible with other electronic circuits for application flexibility.
With the combined capabilities of three well-known brand names - Data
Instruments, Clarostat, Electro and New England Instruments - Honeywell the
group continuously strives to remain at the forefront of position sensing
technology. In this catalogue we present our range of Linear and Rotary
Position transducers and Torque Watch gauges, all suitable for use in
industrial environments.
93
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Honeywell Sensing and Control manufactures a variety of potentiometric position sensors. The sensors use a tried and
Linear and
Rotary
Position
true potentiometric technology originally developed for military applications and more recently applied to industrial
markets. MystR® conductive plastic potentiometric sensors are long-life units designed for rugged industrial
applications. The proprietary MystR® conductive plastic has an extensive temperature range, infinite resolution and
provides absolute position measurement on power-up. Intermediate signal conditioning is not required for normal
ratio-metric position sensing. Very small stroke units (5 mm [0.2 in]) and units required to withstand exposure to
harsh chemicals or work immersed in many different oils are available. If there is heavy hose down or spray from oil or
water, a water resistant or waterproof potentiometer such as the AQ series should be used.
Linear products have CE approval, Intrinsically Safe For Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G With Entity.
Vmax: 30 Vdc, Imax: 100 mA, Ci: 0.0 micro F, Li: 0.0 mH, T4A @ 105 °C Ambient.
Transducers
Mechanical life:
Approvals:
Housing:
Element:
Shaft:
1 billion dither operations
CE, NEMA 4 - water resistant
Anodized aluminium
MystR® conductive plastic film
Stainless steel
Wiper current:
Resolution:
< 1 uA
Infinite
1/4" - 28 NF-2A Thread
LFII Series
7/16" across flats, typ.
A
A
Longfellow II linear position transducer
1.36
(34,5)
1.88
(47,8)
"Y"
"X"
0.75 0.01
(19,00 0,20)
'X' = Electrical travel + 3.19 in (81,0 mm)
'Y' = Electrical travel - 1.0 in (25,4 mm)
0.50
(12,70)
1.25
(31,80)
0.25
(6,40)
0.62
(15,90)
1.25
(31,80)
1.68
(42,70)
0.62
(15,90)
The new Longfellow II incorporates design innovations to increase transducer
life and provide greater resistance to vibration, while providing a smooth high-
quality signal for demanding factory control applications. It has a solid
stainless steel shaft, longer front-end bearings, a vibration-free damped
element, a spring-loaded ball joint and a high precision precious metal wiper.
Carrier guides are extruded the full length of the housing to ensure smooth
operation even under severe side load conditions.
0.84
(21,30)
0.125
(3,175)
1.00
(25,40)
2.00
0.156 x 0.312 Slot, typ.
(3,962 x 7,925)
(50,80)
VIEW A-A
Mounting Feet (2)
Mounting feet show above are for
standard LFII models only. Mounting
feet are not included with water
resistant LFII models. Water resistant
LFII models are shipped with brackets.
3
Shaft
extended
2
1
The newly designed internal components provide improvements based on
worldwide testing and field experience.
SCHEMATIC
OPTIONS
Standard
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Linearity:
Starting force (max.):
Standard
Water resistant
Backlash (max.):
Total Resistance:
Shaft Ø:
-65 °C to 105 °C (-85 °F to 221 °F)
30 Vdc
0.1 %
Mating connector, 3718401, sold separately
0,45 kg (1.0 lb)
2,27 kg (5.0 lb)
0,025 mm (0.001 in)
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL (IN (MM))
6.0 (152,4)
9.0 (228,6)
12.0 (304,8)
14.0 (355,6)
18.0 (457,2)
24.0 (609,6)
30.0 (762,0)
36.0 (914,4)
REFERENCE
LF2S06N5KB6A
LF2S09N5KB6A
LF2S12N5KB6A
LF2S14N5KB6A
LF2S18N5KB6A
LF2S24N5KB6A
LF2S30N5KB6A
LF2S36N5KB6A
LF2S48N5KB6A
5000 Ohm
1/4 in
Termination:
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
Connector, Binder Series 681
= Electrical travel + 3.19 in (81,02 mm)
= Electrical travel + 0.09 in (2,29 mm)
48.0 (1219,2)
Water resistant
Mating connector, E02903021, sold separately
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL (IN (MM))
6.0 (152,4)
9.0 (228,6)
12.0 (304,8)
14.0 (355,6)
18.0 (457,2)
24.0 (609,6)
30.0 (762,0)
36.0 (914,4)
REFERENCE
LF2W06N5KB6A
LF2W09N5KB6A
LF2W12N5KB6A
LF2W14N5KB6A
LF2W18N5KB6A
LF2W24N5KB6A
LF2W30N5KB6A
LF2W36N5KB6A
LF2W48N5KB6A
48.0 (1219,2)
94
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
LFII Metric Series
Longfellow II linear position transducer
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Linearity:
-65 °C to 105 °C (-85 °F to 221 °F)
30 Vdc
0.1 %
Starting force (max.):
Standard
Water resistant
Backlash (max.):
Total Resistance:
Shaft Ø:
0,45 kg (1.0 lb)
2,27 kg (5.0 lb)
0,025 mm (0.001 in)
5000 Ohm
1/4 in
Termination:
Connector
A = Binder Series 681
G = DIN 43650
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
= Electrical travel + 91,0 mm (3.6 in)
= Electrical travel + 2,2 mm (0.09 in)
Dimensions in mm (inches)
19,00
(0.25)
M6X1
OPTIONS
34,5
(1.36)
Standard - Binder
Mating connector, 3718401, sold separately
11,11 (0.48)
Across flats
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL (MM (IN))
152,4 (6.0)
228,6 (9.0)
304,8 (12.0)
355,6 (14.0)
457,2 (18.0)
609,6 (24.0)
762,0 (30.0)
914,4 (36.0)
REFERENCE
50,8 (2.0)
42,7 (1.68)
LF2S0152M5KB8A
LF2S0229M5KB8A
LF2S0305M5KB8A
LF2S0355M5KB8A
LF2S0457M5KB8A
LF2S0610M5KB8A
LF2S0762M5KB8A
LF2S0914M5KB8A
LF2S1219M5KB8A
47,8
(1.88)
21,3
(0.84)
12,7
(0.50)
1219,2 (48.0)
6,4
(0.25)
Standard - DIN 43650
'Y'
4,1
(0.16)
Mating connector included
3,962 x 7,925 Slot
(0.156 x 0.312)
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL (MM (IN))
152,4 (6.0)
228,6 (9.0)
304,8 (12.0)
355,6 (14.0)
457,2 (18.0)
609,6 (24.0)
762,0 (30.0)
914,4 (36.0)
REFERENCE
Mounting Feet (2)
LF2S0152M5KB8G
LF2S0229M5KB8G
LF2S0305M5KB8G
LF2S0355M5KB8G
LF2S0457M5KB8G
LF2S0610M5KB8G
LF2S0762M5KB8G
LF2S0914M5KB8G
LF2S1219M5KB8G
Mounting feet show above are for
standard LFII models only. Mounting
feet are not included with water
resistant LFII models. Water resistant
LFII models are shipped with brackets.
'X'
'X' = Electrical travel + 91 mm (3.6 in)
'Y' = Electrical travel - 25 mm (1.0 in)
(EXCEPT for LFII 229:
1219,2 (48.0)
'Y' = Electrical travel - 29 mm (1.14 in)
Water resistant - Binder
31,8
(1.25)
Mating connector, E02903021, sold separately
0,62
(0.02)
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL (MM (IN))
152,4 (6.0)
228,6 (9.0)
304,8 (12.0)
355,6 (14.0)
457,2 (18.0)
609,6 (24.0)
762,0 (30.0)
914,4 (36.0)
REFERENCE
LF2W0152M5KB8A
LF2W0229M5KB8A
LF2W0305M5KB8A
LF2W0355M5KB8A
LF2W0457M5KB8A
LF2W0610M5KB8A
LF2W0762M5KB8A
LF2W0914M5KB8A
LF2W1219M5KB8A
Shaft
extended
3
3
2
1
31,8
(1.25)
Connector
end
3,18
(0.125)
1219,2 (48.0)
25,4
(1.00)
50,8
(2.00)
0,62
(0.02)
Water resistant - DIN 43650
Mating connector included
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL (MM (IN))
152,4 (6.0)
228,6 (9.0)
304,8 (12.0)
355,6 (14.0)
457,2 (18.0)
609,6 (24.0)
762,0 (30.0)
914,4 (36.0)
REFERENCE
LF2W0152M5KB8G
LF2W0229M5KB8G
LF2W0305M5KB8G
LF2W0355M5KB8G
LF2W0457M5KB8G
LF2W0610M5KB8G
LF2W0762M5KB8G
LF2W0914M5KB8G
LF2W1219M5KB8G
1219,2 (48.0)
95
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
DR Series
Durastar rodless linear position transducer
.65
[16]
1.30
[33]
The DuraStar rodless linear position transducer is the longest lasting factory-
rugged potentiometer. It allows large misalignment of shaft and housing, while
providing whisper-quiet operation and smooth, clean signal output. MystR®
provides the DuraStar excellent durability, especially in dither operation which
is so often the determining factor in a potentiometer’s life. It is an excellent
replacement unit to reduce maintenance operations.
0.39 [10]
1.025
[26]
The rodless side-sealed DuraStar can also be used to replace a rodded
potentiometer in contaminated applications to improve performance while
providing long life.
.60
[15]
M5 x 20
Thread
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Linearity:
-65 °C to 105 °C (-85 °F to 221 °F)
75 Vdc
"L"
0.1 %
Starting force (max.):
Backlash (max.):
Shaft:
Termination:
Mechanical travel:
0,45 kg (1.0 lb)
0,025 mm (0.001 in)
M5x0.8 metric thread
Connector, DIN 43560
= Electrical travel + 5,0 mm (0.2 in)
3.56
[90,4]
Mating connector included
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
(MM (IN))
101,6 (4.0)
127,0 (5.0)
152,4 (6.0)
203,2 (8.0)
228,6 (9.0)
304,8 (12.0)
355,6 (14.0)
406,4 (16.0)
457,2 (19.0)
508,0 (20.0)
609,6 (24.0)
762,0 (30.0)
914,4 (36.0)
1016,0 (40.0)
1270,0 (50.0)
TOTAL RESISTANCE
HOUSING LENGTH
(MM (IN))
REFERENCE
(OHM)
2000
2000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
10000
10000
10000
10000
10000
.87
M5 X 0.8
Thread
[22]
250,0 (9.84 )
280,0 (11.02)
300,0 (11.81)
352,0 (13.86)
375,9 (14.80)
452,1 (17.80)
514,1 (20.24)
553,9 (21.8)
DR04N02KB7G
DR05N02KB7G
DR06N05KB7G
DR08N05KB7G
DR09N05KB7G
DR12N05KB7G
DR14N05KB7G
DR16N05KB7G
DR18N05KB7G
DR20N05KB7G
DR24N10KB7G
DR30N10KB7G
DR36N10KB7G
DR40N10KB7G
DR50N10KB7G
[11,2]
0.44
1.30
[33]
605,0 (23.8)
656,0 (25.83)
757,9 (29.84)
910,0 (35.83)
1062,5 (41.83)
1164,0 (45.83)
1418,0 (55.83)
1.50
[38]
2.68
[68]
1.97
[50]
.75
[19]
3
1
2
1.46 [37,0]
2.05 [52,07]
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Pin 1 is at the connector end
,2
2.33 [59 7]
96
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
SLF Series
Short Longfellow linear position transducer
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Starting force (max.):
Standard
-65 °C to 105 °C (-85 °F to 221 °F)
40 Vdc
0,45 kg (1.0 lb)
2,27 kg (5.0 lb)
Water resistant
Backlash (max.):
Shaft Ø:
Termination:
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
0,025 mm (0.001 in)
1/4 in
Connector, Binder Series 681
= Electrical travel + 3.05 in (77,5 mm)
= Electrical travel + 0.2 in (5,1 mm)
The Short Longfellow is frequently used for measuring linear position or
displacement up to 6 inches (152,4 mm) on a wide variety of manufacturing
and process equipment. The mechanical design of the unit’s front bearing,
anodized extruded aluminum housing, stainless steel shaft and precious metal
wipers are suitable for a factory’s harsh environment.
Based on the proprietary MystR® conductive plastic film, it provides a high
resolution, absolute position measurement without external signal
conditioners.
Electrical Travel
(in (mm))
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
6.0 (152,4)
Total Resistance
(Ohm)
1500
3000
4500
6000
9000
SLF01 or SLW01
SLF02 or SLW02
SLF03 or SLW03
SLF04 or SLW04
SLF06 or SLW06
OPTIONS
Standard
0.45
(11.4)
1
5
0.90
(22.9)
Mating connector, 3718401, sold separately
0.1 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
0.06
(1.5)
REFERENCE
0.45
(11.4)
SLF01N1500B6A
SLF02N3000B6A
SLF03N4500B6A
SLF04N6000B6A
SLF06N9000B6A
0.154 (3.91)
(2 holes per bracket)
2.0 (50,8)
0.90
(22.8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
6.0 (152,4)
1.75
(44.5)
0.88
(22.4)
Movable
mounting
brackets
0.19
(4.8)
1.0 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
REFERENCE
SLF01N1500F6A
SLF02N3000F6A
SLF03N4500F6A
SLF04N6000F6A
SLF06N9000F6A
0.38
(9.6)
6.0 (152,4)
0.68
(17.2)
X
1.35
(34.4)
Water resistant
MOUNTING BRACKETS
Mating connector, E02903021, sold separately
7/16 in. 1/4 in.
(6.6)
(6.3)
across across
flats
flats
0.1 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
6.0 (152,4)
REFERENCE
SLW01N1500B6A
SLW02N3000B6A
SLW03N4500B6A
SLW04N6000B6A
SLW06N9000B6A
3
Shaft
Extended
1.36
(34.5)
1
2
2000 ohm
current limiting resistor
1.0 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
0.45
(11.4)
1/4-28 NF-2A thread
REFERENCE
SLW01N1500F6A
SLW02N3000F6A
SLW03N4500F6A
SLW04N6000F6A
SLW06N9000F6A
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
6.0 (152,4)
97
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
SLF Metric Series
Short Longfellow linear position transducer
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Starting force (max.):
Standard
-65 °C to 105 °C (-85 °F to 221 °F)
40 Vdc
0,45 kg (1.0 lb)
2,27 kg (5.0 lb)
Water resistant
Backlash (max.):
Shaft Ø:
Termination:
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
0,025 mm (0.001 in)
M6x1 metric thread
Connector, Binder Series 681
= Electrical travel + 77,5 mm (3.05 in)
= Electrical travel + 5,1 mm (0.2 in)
Electrical Travel
Total Resistance
(Ohm)
1500
3000
4500
6000
9000
(in (mm))
25,4 (1.0)
50,8 (2.0)
76,2 (3.0)
101,6 (4.0)
152,4 (6.0)
SLF025R4 or SLW025R4
SLF050R8 or SLW050R8
SLF076R2 or SLW076R2
SLF101R6 or SLW101R6
SLF152R4 or SLW152R4
11.4
1
22.9
5
OPTIONS
Standard
1.5
11.4
3
S
haft
Extended
22.9
Mating connector, 3718401, sold separately
1
2
0.1 % Linearity
2000 ohm
current limiting resistor
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
25,4 (1.0)
50,8 (2.0)
76,2 (3.0)
101,6 (4.0)
REFERENCE
SLF025R4M1500B8A
SLF050R8M3000B8A
SLF076R2M4500B8A
SLF101R6M6000B8A
SLF152R4M9000B8A
Movable
mounting
brackets
3.91
(2 holes
p
erbracket
)
152,4 (6.0)
44.5
1.0 % Linearity
22.2
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
25,4 (1.0)
50,8 (2.0)
76,2 (3.0)
101,6 (4.0)
REFERENCE
4.8 9.7
X
SLF025R4M1500F8A
SLF050R8M3000F8A
SLF076R2M4500F8A
SLF101R6M6000F8A
SLF152R4M9000F8A
152,4 (6.0)
6.6
6.3
17.1
across across
flats
flats
Water resistant
34.3
Mating connector, E02903021, sold separately
0.1 % Linearity
MOUNTING BRACKETS
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
25,4 (1.0)
50,8 (2.0)
76,2 (3.0)
101,6 (4.0)
REFERENCE
34.5
SLW025R4M1500B8A
SLW050R8M3000B8A
SLW076R2M4500B8A
SLW101R6M6000B8A
SLW152R4M9000B8A
M6 x 1
metric
threa
d
152,4 (6.0)
11.4
1.0 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
25,4 (1.0)
50,8 (2.0)
76,2 (3.0)
101,6 (4.0)
REFERENCE
SLW025R4M1500F8A
SLW050R8M3000F8A
SLW076R2M4500F8A
SLW101R6M6000F8A
SLW152R4M9000F8A
152,4 (6.0)
98
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
LT Series
Linear position transducer, 1/2 in diameter
OPTIONS
Standard
0.1 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
REFERENCE
LTS01N01KB5C
LTS02N02KB5C
LTS03N03KB5C
LTS04N04KB5C
LTS05N05KB5C
LTS06N06KB5C
LTS07N07KB5C
LTS08N08KB5C
LTS09N09KB5C
LTS10N10KB5C
3.0 (76,2)
The LT Series are ½ inch diameter, linear position transducers rugged enough
to withstand the hostile environment of the factory. The LT can be provided
with shaft seals for spray or hose down environments.
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
7.0 (177,8)
8.0 (203,2)
9.0 (228,6)
10.0 (254,0)
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Starting force (max.):
Standard
Water resistant
Backlash (max.):
Shaft Ø:
Termination:
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
-40 °C to 80 °C (-40 °F to 176 °F)
30 Vdc
1.0 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
7.0 (177,8)
8.0 (203,2)
9.0 (228,6)
10.0 (254,0)
28,35 g (1.0 oz)
340,19 g (12.0 oz)
0,00508 mm (0.0002 in)
1/8 in
REFERENCE
LTS01N01KF5C
LTS02N02KF5C
LTS03N03KF5C
LTS04N04KF5C
LTS05N05KF5C
LTS06N06KF5C
LTS07N07KF5C
LTS08N08KF5C
LTS09N09KF5C
LTS10N10KF5C
Cable
= Electrical travel + 1.50 in (38,10 mm)
= Electrical travel + 0.05 in (1,27 mm)
Electrical Travel
(in (mm))
Total Resistance
(Ohm)
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
LTS01 or LTW01
LTS02 or LTW02
LTS03 or LTW03
LTS04 or LTW04
LTS05 or LTW05
LTS06 or LTW06
LTS07 or LTW07
LTS08 or LTW08
LTS09 or LTW09
LTS10 or LTW10
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
7.0 (177,8)
8.0 (203,2)
9.0 (228,6)
10.0 (254,0)
Water resistant
0.1 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
REFERENCE
8000
9000
10000
LTW01N01KB5C
LTW02N02KB5C
LTW03N03KB5C
LTW04N04KB5C
LTW05N05KB5C
LTW06N06KB5C
LTW07N07KB5C
LTW08N08KB5C
LTW09N09KB5C
LTW10N10KB5C
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
7.0 (177,8)
8.0 (203,2)
9.0 (228,6)
10.0 (254,0)
# 28 Jacketed cable
6.0 (152,4) long min.
Housing length 'X'
(Electrical Travel +1.50 (38,1))
1" [25,4]
(Retracted)
1/8" [3.17]
1/2"
[12.7]
1.0 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
#4-40UNC-2A
Thdx .50 (12.7)Long
REFERENCE
LTW01N01KF5C
LTW02N02KF5C
LTW03N03KF5C
LTW04N04KF5C
LTW05N05KF5C
LTW06N06KF5C
LTW07N07KF5C
LTW08N08KF5C
LTW09N09KF5C
LTW10N10KF5C
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
(Black)
Ground
(Red)
V-in
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
7.0 (177,8)
8.0 (203,2)
9.0 (228,6)
10.0 (254,0)
Shaft
Extended
(Brown)
V-out
Connect to High Impedance Circuit
99
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
MLT Series
Linear position transducer, 3/8 in Diameter
3/4"
[19,05]
(Retracted)
Housing length'X'
(Electrical Travel+1.2 [30,48])
#4-40 UNC-2A
Thdx.50[12,7] long
3/8"
[9,53]
The MLT Series is 3/8 in diameter linear position transducer that is rugged
enough to withstand hostile factory environments. Using a proprietary dual
wiper, internal ball joint and the MystR® conductive plastic film the MLT
provides a usable output at high vibration levels over long periods of time.
MLT transducers use precious metal wipers to further enhance reliability.
1/8"
[3,18]
3/16 x .063
[4,75 x 1,6]
3 - conductor cable
#26 AWG [65/44] 12.0 [306] long min.
(color coded per schematic)
(Black)
Ground
(Red)
V-in
The MLT’s 3/8 inch diameter is among the smallest available and can used to
replace LVDT’s in many applications.
Shaft
Extended
(Orange)
V-out
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Starting force (max.):
Backlash (max.):
Shaft Ø:
-40 °C to 80 °C (-40 °F to 176 °F)
30 Vdc
28,35 g (1.0 oz)
0,0127 mm (0.0005 in)
1/8 in
Connect to High Impedance Circuit
OPTIONS
Termination:
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
Cable
0.1 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
2.0 (50,8)
= Electrical travel + 1.20 in (30,48 mm)
= Electrical travel + 0.05 in (1,27 mm)
REFERENCE
MLT002N3000B5C
MLT003N4500B5C
MLT004N6000B5C
MLT005N7500B5C
MLT006N9000B5C
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
Electrical Travel
Total Resistance
(Ohm)
750
1500
3000
4500
6000
7500
9000
(in (mm))
0.5 (12,7)
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
MLT0R5
MLT001
MLT002
MLT003
MLT004
MLT005
MLT006
0.25 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
REFERENCE
MLT001N1500D5C
1.0 (25,4)
1.0 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
0.5 (12,7)
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
REFERENCE
MLT0R5N0750F5C
MLT001N1500F5C
MLT002N3000F5C
MLT003N4500F5C
MLT004N6000F5C
MLT005N7500F5C
MLT006N9000F5C
100
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
AQLT/AQMLT Series
Shaftless, waterproof linear position
transducer
The AQLT and AQMLT are shaftless waterproof linear potentiometers designed
to operate in wet/washdown and in-tank environments.
The AQ series features an external actuator magnetically coupled to a position
feedback element. The magnetic actuator replaces the shaft, found in
traditional linear transducers, and eliminates the need for additional stroke
length mounting space.
Precious metal dual wipers, MystR® proprietary conductive plastic, and
anodized aluminum housings provide long life and reliable operation in
numerous applications.
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Linearity:
-40 °C to 80 °C (-40 °F to 176 °F)
30 Vdc
1.0 %
Starting force (max.):
AQMT
56,7 g (2.0 oz)
AQMLT 28,35 g (1.0 oz)
Sealing:
IP68
Termination:
Cable
AQLT Series
AQMLT Series
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
= Electrical travel + 54,87 mm (2.16 in)
= Electrical travel + 2,54 mm (0.1 in)
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
Dimensions are in inches (mm)
= Electrical travel + 38,1 mm (1.5 in)
= Electrical travel + 2,54 mm (0.1 in)
AREA AVAILABLE FOR CLAMPING
WITHOUT RESTRICTING ELECTRICAL OR
MECHANICAL TRAVEL
AREA AVAILABLE FOR CLAMPING
WITHOUT RESTRICTING ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
0.20
(5,1)
0.52
(13,2)
0.76
(19,30)
0.20
(5,08)
Ø 0.375
(9,5)
Ø 0.50
(12,7)
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL PLUS 1.5 (38,1) MAX
3 WIRE JACKETED CABLE, Ø 0.14 (3,57)
#28 AWG CONDUCTOR
10 FEET LONG (3,05 M)
COLOR CODED PER SCHEMATIC
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
PLUS 2.16" (54,86)
Cable End
Black
Red
3 WIRE JACKETED CABLE (9/64 Ø)
#28 AWG CONDUCTOR
10 FEET LONG
RED
BLACK
Wiper
CABLE END
Brown
COLOR CODED PER SCHEMATIC
Schematic
BROWN
0.250
(6,35)
Ø 1.125
(28,58)
Ø 0.388
(9,78)
0.125
(3,18)
Ø 0.156
(3,96)
0.25
(6,35)
Dimensions in inches (mm)
0.024
(0,60)
OFF CENTER
Ø 1.25
Ø 0.516
(31,75)
(13,11)
0.50
(12,70)
Ø 0.156
(3,96)
0.024 (0,61)
OFF CENTER
1.000
(25,40)
1.125 0.010
(28,575 0,25)
120˚
120˚
120˚
120˚
0.500
(12,70)
Ø 0.690
(17,53)
BOLT CIRCLE
#4-40 UNC THD
4 PLACES
Ø 0.813
(20,65)
BOLT CIRCLE
1.00 0.010
(25,4 0,25)
#4-40 UNC THD
6 PLACES
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
(MM (IN))
12,7 (0.5)
25,4 (1.0)
76,2 (3.0)
152,4 (6.0)
228,6 (9.0)
304,8 (12.0)
TOTAL RESISTANCE
(OHM)
750
1500
3000
9000
13500
18000
REFERENCE
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
(MM (IN))
TOTAL RESISTANCE
(OHM)
6000
12000
18000
24000
30000
38000
REFERENCE
AQMLTR5N00750FC
AQMLT01N01500FC
AQMLT03N04500FC
AQMLT06N09000FC
AQMLT09N13500FC
AQMLT12N18000FC
152,4 (6.0)
304,8 (12.0)
457,2 (18.0)
609,6 (24.0)
762,0 (30.0)
965,2 (38.0)
AQLT06N06KFC
AQLT12N12KFC
AQLT18N18KFC
AQLT24N24KFC
AQLT30N30KFC
AQLT38N38KFC
101
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
M22 Series
Rotary position transducer
60
0.06
0.09
(1.57)
(
2.36)
30
3/8-32 UNEF-2A
0.125/.124
3.175/3.150)
(
R 0.19
(R 4.93)
1
3
2
0.406 / 0.401
10.312 / 10.185)
(
0.31
(7.92)
0.06
1.57)
(
0.06
(1.57)
0.15
(3.81)
0.38
(9.70)
0.38
(9.70)
0.88
22.40)
(
0.87 .03
(22.00 0.8)
M22B
0.06
(1.5)
0.38
(9.5)
The M22 rotary potentiometer, available in servo and bushing mount, utilizes
wear-resistant MystR® conductive plastic film combined with precious metal
wipers to produce a quiet operating, low-noise, stable signal. Gold plated
terminals eliminate soldering problems due to tarnish. The high-quality
components are packaged in a cost-effective housing designed with an
anodized aluminum face plate or nickel-plated brass bushing to handle
assembly and operating loads. The integral internal terminations eliminate the
need for internal wires which may break under vibration and thermal stress.
0.03
(0.8)
0.03
(0.8)
slot
flat
0.062
(1.57)
0.062
(1.57)
0.057 min.
(1.44)
60
0.09
2.36)
(
30
R 0.19
(R 4.93)
1
3
The M22 series rotary potentiometers are used in position-sensing
applications which demand high reliability at low cost.
0.750/.749
19.05/19.025)
(
0.125/.124
(
3.175/3.150)
2
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Starting force (max.):
-40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)
30 Vdc
M22B
M22S
0.3 oz in (torque)
1.0 oz in (torque)
2000 Ohm
0.75 max.
(
19.05)
0.50
(12.60)
0.50 0.03
(12.70 0.8)
0.15
(3.81)
0.88
22.40)
Total resistance:
Backlash (max.):
Shaft Ø:
(
0.1°
M22S
3,175 mm (0.125 in)
Gold plated solder terminals
22,0 mm (0.87 in)
Sleeve
Termination:
Housing size:
Bearing type:
Mechanical travel:
M22B
M22S
M22B
M22S
330°
Continuous rotation
320°
Electrical travel:
340°
OPTIONS
Threaded bushing mount
LINEARITY
0.5 %
1.0 %
REFERENCE
M22B2KE1S
M22B2KF1S
Servo mount
LINEARITY
0.25 %
0.5 %
REFERENCE
M22S2KD1S
M22S2KE1S
M22S2KF1S
1.0 %
102
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
WPM Series
Rotary position transducer, servo mount
0.500 0.032
(12.70 0.81)
0.625
(15.88)
0.68 Rad.
max.
0.260
(6.60)
p
.
2
1
3
0.7500 / 0.7495
Dia.
(19.05/19.04)
WPM 18-09
0.875 Dia.
(22.22)
0.1249 / 0.1246
Dia.
(3.172/3.165)
M
.
A
.
S
E
N
0.062
(1.57)
0.062
(1.57)
0.064 / 0.057
(1.63 / 1.45)
0.500 0.032
(12.70 .81)
0.78 Rad.
max.
0.609
(16.29)
0
3
0
1
˚
3
0.275
(6.98)
Available in servo mount styles, the WPM Series rotary transducer provides
long life by utilizing the proprietary MystR® conductive plastic film, precious
metal wipers and shielded ball bearings on the stainless steel shaft.
2
0.9688 / 0.9683
Dia.
(24.608 / 24.595)
0.970
Dia.
(24.64)
The MystR® film provides exceptionally long rotational and dither life without
sacrificing microlinearity or resolution. The shielded ball bearings ensure long
life even with side load conditions.
WPM 25-11
0.1249 / 0.1246
Dia.
1.062
(3.172 / 3.165)
Dia.
M
.
A
.
S
E
(26.97)
N
0.062
(1.57)
0.062
(1.57)
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Total resistance:
Backlash (max.):
Shaft Ø:
-55 °C to 125 °C (-67 °F to 257 °F)
0.064/0.057
(1.63/1.45)
60 Vdc
5000 Ohm
0.98
Rad. max.
(24.9)
0.774
(19.66)
0.500 0.032
(12.70 0.81)
4
0
0
0.335
(8.51)
0.01 %
0.093
(2.36)
WPM5KA4* 3,175 mm (0.125 in)
2
WPM5KB1*
6,35 mm (0.25 in)
1
3
1.3125 / 1.3120
Dia.
(33.34 / 33.32)
1.437
Dia.
(36.50)
Termination:
Bearing type:
Mechanical travel:
Approvals:
Gold plated solder terminals
Ball bearings
Continuous rotation
MIL-PRF-39023 qulaified
WPM 45-13
0.2497 / 0.2494
Dia. shaft
(6.342 / 6.334)
A
A
.
.
N
OPTIONS
A4
0.062
(1.57)
0.078
(1.98)
1.25
Rad. max.
(31.7)
0.800
0.500 0.032
(12.70 0.81)
(20.32)
0
0.333
(8.46)
1
0.093
(2.36)
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
STARTING FORCE
LINEARITY
REFERENCE
(MAX.)
0.8 oz in (torque)
1.0 oz in (torque)
2
1
3
350°
353°
0.075 %
0.075 %
WPM5KA4S4513
WPM5KA4S6520
2.000
Dia.
(50.80)
1.875 / 1.874
Dia.
(47.62 / 47.60)
WPM 65-20
0.2497 / 0.2494
Dia. shaft
(6.342 / 6.334)
B1
A
A
.
.
N
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
STARTING FORCE
(MAX.)
LINEARITY
REFERENCE
.062
(1.57)
.078
(1.98)
340°
345°
0.4 oz in (torque)
0.4 oz in (torque)
0.1 %
0.1 %
WPM5KB1S1809
WPM5KB1S2511
103
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
The Torque Watch, an industry mainstay when an accurate indication of rotary force is necessary, is
simple to use, requiring no special tools or setups. Available in three models they cover ranges from
0.003 to 200 inch-ounces. Attach the gauge to the device being measured, and simply rotate it, for a
direct reading dial.
Torque Watch
Guages
Protection against over-torque is provided by a stainless steel internal rotation stop. The low range
366 Series will prevent damage from over-torque up to three times the normal range, whilst the mid range
641 Series and the high range 940 Series will prevent damage up to twice the normal range.
Models are available in standard (ounce inch), metric (gram centimeter) and System International
(Newton meter) measuring options.
366 Series
Low range
651 Series
Mid range
940 Series
High range
0.003 - 0.60 oz in
0.05 - 40.0 oz in
15.0 - 200.0 oz in
The Series 366 Torque Watch accurately measures
very low torque. Three miniature adapter chucks
allow simple coupling to the device being
measured.
The Series 651 Torque Watch provides accurate
measurement of low static torque. A 1/4 inch
keyed chuck provides a simple means of coupling
to the device under measurement.
The Series 940 Torque Watch accurately measures
torque in values that range form 15.0 to 200 oz/in.
A 3/8 inch keyed chuck and 3/8 inch square socket
driver adapter provide a simple means of coupling
to the device under measurement.
OPTIONS
Standard
OUNCE INCHES
0.06 to 0.6
OPTIONS
Standard
OUNCE INCHES
0.05 to 1.2
1 to 20
OPTIONS
Standard
OUNCE INCHES
30 to 200
REFERENCE
366-0
366-2
REFERENCE
651C-1
651C-2
651C-3
651X-2
651X-3
651X-4
REFERENCE
940-1
940-2
0.01 to 0.1
0.003 to 0.03
366-3
2 to 40
15 to 100
0.1 to 2.4
0.25 to 5
0.5 to 10
Metric
Metric
GRAM CENTIMETER
6 to 42
1 to 7.5
REFERENCE
366-0M
366-2M
GRAM CENTIMETER
2.5 K to 14.3 K
1 K to 7.1 K
REFERENCE
940-1M
940-2M
Metric
GRAM CENTIMETER
2.5 to 80
50 to 1.2 K
150 to 2.8 K
5 to 150
0.2 to 2
366-3M
REFERENCE
651C-1M
651C-2M
651C-3M
651X-2M
651X-3M
651X-4M
System International
NEWTON METER
0.25 to 1.4
10 to 300
25 to 600
REFERENCE
940-1SI
0.1 to 0.7
940-2SI
System International
NEWTON METER
0.5 to 9
10 to 140
15 to 285
1 to 18
REFERENCE
651C-1SI
651C-2SI
651C-3SI
651X-2SI
651X-3SI
651X-4SI
2 to 36
5 to 70
104
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
INDEX
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Clarostat Rotary Position Transducers
TH100 Series
HRS100 Series, Hall-effect
The TH-100 Series puts Honeywell’s proven variable-resistor technology to
work in angle-management applications such as control-lever sensing and
equipment position feedback. High performance and low cost make it
attractive for a wide range of applications. Special electrical and mechanical
configurations, including dual tracks, D-shape rotor holes, etc. are available on
special order.
The HRS100 provides angular position information for a variety of sensing
and control applications in the automotive, marine, truck, off-road, industrial
implementation, aerospace, and rail industries. The use of magnetically
coupled information in place of a mechanical wiper assembly provides a long
life, cost-effective solution for harsh environments that include temperature,
vibration, dither, moisture and dirt.
The device provides for angle measurements, has 152,4 mm (6.0 in) wire
leads, a 6,35 mm (0.25 in) slotted thru hole and is sealed.
This position sensor incorporates Hall-effect to provide a sensing device that
will last for more than 50 million operations. The device is packaged in a metal
housing with a 9,5 mm (0.375 in) diameter bushing and a
6,35 mm (0.25 in) diameter slotted shaft and solder lug terminals.
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Shaft:
Body:
Electrical taper:
0.5 W max.
Conductive plastic
three 20 AWG
Terminal type:
Bushing:
Shaft:
Straight solder lug
9,52 mm (.375 in) FMS, includes C-ring
Slotted 6,32 mm 0,03 (0.249 in 0.001)
6,35 mm (0.25 in) thru hole with .105 w x .090 d slot
38,1 mm (1.5 in) x 45,72 mm (1.8 in)
Linear
Body:
27,79 mm (1.094 in) Ø
Storage & operating temperature:
Working voltage (max):
Linearity:
Total resistance:
Total resistance tolerance:
Rotational cycles:
-40 °C to 120 °C (-40 °F to 248 °F)
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max):
Linearity:
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical operating angle:
Linear
350 Vdc
5% standard; to 1% special
-40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)
5 Vdc
2%
10 million
90°
10 K
15%
> 1 million
Mounting Surface
27,69 [1.09]
20,32 [0.08]
13,2 [0.52]
9,53 [0.375]
22,23 [0.875]
3.3 [0.13]
19,05 [0.75]
2,84 [0.12]
GRD VDD
Output
OPTIONS
OPTIONS
180° Rotation
90° Rotation
TAPER
Linear
CABLE CONNECTOR
No
REFERENCE
640CS103A06NAAY
SHAFT
Slotted
LUG
Straight Solder
REFERENCE
HRS100SSAB090
90° Rotation
TAPER
CABLE CONNECTOR
REFERENCE
Linear
No
640ES103A06NAAY
105
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Clarostat Rotary Potentiometers and Position Transducers
578 Series, Precision potentiometer
574 Series, Commercial potentiometer
The 578 Series conductive plastic precision potentiometer puts Honeywell’s
proven variable resistor technology to work in a high performance, cost-
effective device. With its compact size, rugged construction and advanced
versatility, the 578 provides superior control for applications such as joy-stick
controllers and position-sensing devices.
The 574 Series conductive plastic potentiometer offers low mounting profile,
smooth feel, and robust construction with a thermoplastic housing, bushing,
and shaft. Terminals are PC style with a bracket for vertical mounting. No
hardware is included.
The model 578 features a 9,5 mm x 9,5 mm (0.375 in x 0.375 in) bushing,
6,35 mm x 19,05 mm (0.25 in x 0.75 in) slotted shaft, linear taper, and type A
pc pins (please consult with the factory for custom OEM configurations).
Power rating:
0.25 W @ 70 °C (158 °F)
Conductive plastic
PC terminals type C with C mounting bracket
Element type:
Terminal type:
Bushing:
M9 x 6,35 mm (0.25 in) L
Shaft:
Body:
6,35 (0.25 in) Ø x 19,05 (0.75 in) L
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Bushing:
Shaft:
Body:
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
0.5 W @ 70 °C (158 °F)
21,08 mm (0.830 in) square
Conductive plastic
PC pin type A
9,52 mm (0.375 in) D x 9,52 mm (0.375 in) L
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
Total resistance tolerance:
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
Linear
-40 °C to 120 °C (-40 °F to 248 °F)
350 Vac
5%
20%
50,000
300° 5°
6,35 mm x 19,05 mm (0.25 in x 0.75 in) Slotted
22,86 mm (0.900 in) Ø
Linear
-40 °C to 100 °C (-40 °F to 212 °F)
400 Vdc
1%
Total resistance tolerance:
Revolutions:
Mechanical rotation:
10%
5 million
320° 5°
8,13 [0.32]
PC Terminals
Type C-30
21,09 0,13
[0.83 0.005]
11,08 [0.46]
10,54 [0.415]
Ø22,96 [Ø 0.90 ]
3,96 [0.156]
8,71 [0.343]
9,22[0.363]
.010
Ø 6,35
[Ø 0.25]
3,96 [0.156]
Type “C” Mtg.
With Bracket
C
L
12,16 0,25 [0.48 0.01]
14,49 0,25 [0.57 .010]
3/8-32 UNEF
OPTIONS
T
CW
W
CCW
5,84
3,3 0,25 [0.13 .01]
1,02 0,25 [0.04 .01]
15,24 0,25 [0.60 .01]
ANTI-ROTATIONAL PIN
Ø 1,52 0,13 [Ø 0.06 .005]
5,08 0,25 [0.20 .010] (2X)
Flatted Shaft
30°
19,05 0,25 [0.075 .010] (2X)
TYPE "A" MOUNTING
C
RESISTANCE
1 kOhm
TAPER
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
REFERENCE
L
574SX1M48F102SD
574SX1M48F103SD
574SX1M48F104SD
574SX1M48F503SD
10 kOhm
100 kOhm
50 kOhm
OPTIONS
1 kOhm Resistance
SHAFT
Slotted stainless steel
RESISTANCE TAPER
Linear
REFERENCE
578X1G48S102SA
Slotted Shaft
RESISTANCE
1 kOhm
10 kOhm
100 kOhm
50 kOhm
TAPER
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
REFERENCE
574SX1M48S102SD
574SX1M48S103SD
574SX1M48S104SD
574SX1M48S503SD
5 kOhm Resistance
SHAFT
RESISTANCE TAPER
REFERENCE
Slotted stainless steel
Linear
578X1G48S502SA
10 kOhm Resistance
SHAFT
Slotted stainless steel
RESISTANCE TAPER
Linear
REFERENCE
578X1G48S103SA
106
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
575 Series, Commercial potentiometer
590 Series, Commercial potentiometer
The 575 Series conductive plastic potentiometer offers a smooth feel and
robust construction, with a thermoplastic housing, bushing, and shaft.
Terminals are solder-hook style for panel mounting. No hardware is included.
The 590 Series conductive plastic modular potentiometer features low
electrical noise, smooth feel, robust construction, and brass bushing and
shaft. Terminals are PC style. Hardware included. Multiple sections(up to
three) are available on special order.
Power rating:
0.5 W @ 70 °C (158 °F)
Conductive plastic
Solder hook-200 grid
Element type:
Terminal type:
Bushing:
Shaft:
Body:
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Bushing:
Shaft:
Body:
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Linearity:
0.5 W @ 70 °C (158 °F)
Conductive plastic
PC, 6,35 mm (0.25 in) long
6,35 mm (0.25 in) Ø x 6,35 mm (0.25 in) L
Slotted, 3,17 mm (0.125 in) Ø x 22,23 mm (0.875 in) L
12,7 mm (0.50 in) Ø
9,52 mm (.375 in) D x 6,35 mm (0.25 in) L
6,35 mm (0.25 in) Ø x 19,05 mm (0.75 in) L
21,08 mm (0.830 in) square
Linear
-40 °C to 120 °C (-40 °F to 248 °F)
Linear
350 Vac
5%
-40 °C to 120 °C (-40 °F to 248 °F)
5%
Total resisteance tolerance:
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
20%
50,000
300° 5°
Total resistance tolerance:
10% (up to 500 kOhms)
20 % (1 MOhm and over)
50,000
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
295° 5°
OPTIONS
Flatted Shaft
RESISTANCE
1 kOhm
10 kOhm
50 kOhm
OPTIONS
TAPER
REFERENCE
Linear
Linear
Linear
575SX1A48F102SS
575SX1A48F103SS
575SX1A48F503SS
Slotted Shaft
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
TAPER
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
REFERENCE
590SX1N56S101SP
590SX1N56S501SP
590SX1N56S102SP
590SX1N56S502SP
590SX1N56S103SP
590SX1N56S104SP
590SX1N56S504SP
590SX1N56S105SP
Slotted Shaft
RESISTANCE
1 kOhm
10 kOhm
50 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
100 kOhm
500 kOhm
1 MOhm
TAPER
Linear
Linear
Linear
REFERENCE
575SX1A48S102SS
574SX1A48S103SS
574SX1A48S503SS
107
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Clarostat Rotary Potentiometers and Position Transducers (continued)
380 Series, Industrial potentiometer
The 380 Series “Quiet One” is a 2-watt conductive plastic potentiometer
offering superior dynamic noise and a long rotational life. It meets MIL-R-94
specifications where applicable.
C2: 0.625 in (15,88 mm) screwdriver slotted shaft;
0.5 in (12,7 mm) L locking bushing
Approvals:
MIL-R-94
2.0 W max.
Conductive plastic
Solder lug
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Shaft:
27,78
[
1.09
]
Slotted
Body:
27,79 mm (1.094 in) Ø
Linear
-55 °C to 120 °C (-67 °F to 248 °F)
500 Vdc
14,27
0.56
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
15,87
0.625
[
]
[
]
C2
5%
Total resistance tolerance:
10% (up to 500 kOhms)
20 % (1 MOhm and over)
100,000
RESISTANCE
250 Ohm
1 kOhm
REFERENCE
380C2250
380C21000
380C25000
380C210K
380C225K
380C250K
380C2100K
380C2250K
380C21MEG
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
312° 3°
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
250 kOhm
1 MOhm
OPTIONS
C1: 2.0 in (50,8 mm) Round Shaft;
0.375 in (9,5 mm) L bushing
C3: 0.875 in (22,23 mm) shaft;
0.375 in (9,5 mm) L bushing
50,8
[
2.0]
6,35
.025
[
]
27,78
1.09
[
]
14,27
0.56
27,78
[
]
[
1.09
]
22,23
0.875
C1
[
]
14,27
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
1.5 kOhm
2 kOhm
REFERENCE
380C1100
380C1250
380C1500
380C11000
380C11500
380C12000
380C12500
380C15000
380C110K
380C115K
380C120K
380C125K
380C150K
380C1100K
380C1200K
380C1250K
380C1500K
380C11MEG
[
0.56
]
C3
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
2 kOhm
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
150 kOhm
200 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
1 MOhm
REFERENCE
380C3100
380C3250
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
380C3500
380C31000
380C32000
380C32500
380C35000
380C3310K
380C325K
380C350K
380C3100K
380C3150K
380C3200K
380C3250K
380C3500K
380C31MEG
380C35MEG
10 kOhm
15 kOhm
20 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
200 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
1 MOhm
5 MOhm
108
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
RV4 MIL Series potentiometer
The RV4 is a dual-marked potentiometer with all the fine features of the
380 Series in a more economical package. It is built in strict accordance with
MIL-R-94.
Approvals:
MIL-R-94
2.0 W max.
Conductive plastic
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Shaft:
Solder lug
Slotted
Body:
27,79 mm (1.094 in) Ø
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
Linear
-55 °C to 120 °C (-67 °F to 248 °F)
500 Vdc
5%
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
25,000
312° 3°
OPTIONS
Locking Bushing
Standard Bushing,
0.875 in (22,23 mm) shaft length
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
TOLERANCE
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
REFERENCE
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
TOLERANCE
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
REFERENCE
RV4LAYSA101A
RV4LAYSA251A
RV4LAYSA501A
RV4LAYSA102A
RV4LAYSA252A
RV4LAYSA502A
RV4LAYSA103A
RV4LAYSA253A
RV4LAYSA503A
RV4LAYSA104A
RV4LAYSA254A
RV4LAYSA504A
RV4LAYSA754A
RV4LAYSA105A
RV4LAYSA505B
RV4NAYSD101A
RV4NAYSD251A
RV4NAYSD501A
RV4NAYSD102A
RV4NAYSD252A
RV4NAYSD502A
RV4NAYSD103A
RV4NAYSD253A
RV4NAYSD503A
RV4NAYSD104A
RV4NAYSD254A
RV4NAYSD504A
RV4NAYSD754A
RV4NAYSD105A
RV4NAYSD505B
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
750 kOhm
1 MOhm
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
750 Kohm
1 MOhm
5 MOhm
5 MOhm
109
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Clarostat Rotary Potentiometers and Position Transducers (continued)
RV6/392M MIL Series potentiometer
RV6/392M Series are economical potentiometers designed to meet wave
soldering applications for mounting PC boards. They meet flow solderability
and washability test requirements, and MIL-R-94 standard apply.
OPTIONS
Standard Bushing, 6,35 mm (0.25 in) L;
0.875 in (22,23 mm) shaft length
Approvals:
MIL-R-94
0.5 W max.
Conductive plastic
Solder hook
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Shaft:
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
REFERENCE
RV6NAYSD101A
RV6NAYSD251A
RV6NAYSD501A
RV6NAYSD102A
RV6NAYSD252A
RV6NAYSD502A
RV6NAYSD103A
RV6NAYSD253A
RV6NAYSD503A
RV6NAYSD104A
RV6NAYSD254A
RV6NAYSD504A
RV6NAYSD105A
Slotted
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
Body:
12,7 mm (0.5 in) Ø
Linear
-40 °C to 120 °C (-40 °F to 248 °F)
350 Vdc
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
1 MOhm
5%
Total resistance tolerance:
10% (up to 500 kOhms)
20 % (1 MOhm and over)
50,000
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
295° 5°
Locking Bushing, 12,7 mm (0.50 in) L;
0.625 in (15,88 mm) shaft length
15,88 0,76
[
]
0.625 0.03
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
REFERENCE
12,7 0,5
3,18
[0.5 0.02] [0.125]
Dia.
RV6LAYSA101A
RV6LAYSA251A
RV6LAYSA501A
RV6LAYSA102A
RV6LAYSA252A
RV6LAYSA502A
RV6LAYSA103A
RV6LAYSA253A
RV6LAYSA503A
RV6LAYSA104A
RV6LAYSA254A
RV6LAYSA504A
RV6LAYSA105A
[
]
12,7 0.5
Dia.
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
Locking Bushing Type
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
1 MOhm
Bushing Shaft
Length Length
/392M
RV6
Type
RV6
6,35
0.25
22,23
0.875
110
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
53 Series potentiometer
585 Series, Commercial potentiometer
The 53 Series has all the fine features of the Series 380 in a more economical
package. It is available with a 50,8 mm [2.0 in] long shaft.
Our Series 585 offers a robust construction in a low-cost commercial
package, using carbon composition elements and a metal shaft and bushing.
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Shaft:
2.0 W max.
Conductive plastic
Solder lug
Slotted, 50,8 mm (2.0 in) L
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Bushing:
0.05 W max. @ 40 °C
Carbon composition
3 in-line
M 7 x 0.75 thread, 7 mm L
6,0 mm (0.24 in) Ø by 25,0 mm (0.98 in) L
Body:
27,79 mm (1.094 in) Ø
Shaft:
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
Linear
Flatted shaft: 12,0 mm (0.47 in) long by 4,5 mm (0.18 in) D standard; round
-55 °C to 120 °C (-67 °F to 248 °F)
end available
9,5 mm (0.37 in) square
500 Vdc
5%
25,000
312° 3°
Body:
Operating temperature:
Resistance tolerance:
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
-55 °C to 120 °C (-67 °F to 248 °F)
20%
10,000
300°
OPTIONS
Standard Bushing, 2.0 in (50,8 mm) shaft length
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
150 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
750 kOhm
1 MOhm
TOLERANCE
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
20%
REFERENCE
53C1100
53C1250
53C1500
53C11K
53C12500
53C15K
53C110K
53C125K
53C150K
53C1100K
53C1150K
53C1250K
53C1500K
53C1750K
53C11MEG
53C12.5MEG
53C15MEG
OPTIONS
Linear taper
RESISTANCE
1 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
1 kOhm
5 kOhm
SECTION
Single
Single
REFERENCE
2.5 MOhm
5 MOhm
585SX4Q25F102SP
585SX4Q25F502SP
585SX4Q25F103SP
585DX4Q25F102SP
585DX4Q25F502SP
585DX4Q25F103SP
Single
Double
Double
Double
10 kOhm
Audio taper
RESISTANCE
1 kOhm
5 kOhm
SECTION
Single
Single
REFERENCE
585SX4Q25F102ZP
585SX4Q25F502ZP
585SX4Q25F103ZP
10 kOhm
Single
111
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Encoders
510 Series , Mechanical
600 Series, Optical
The 510 Series controls are manually operated, rotary, mechanical encoders
that provide a two-bit gray code for relative reference applications and a four-
bit gray code for absolute electrical reference applications. The “L” channel
leads the “R” channel by 90° electrically in the CW position. It features
continuous electrical travel and has a rotational life of more than 100,000
shaft revolutions with a positive detent feel.
This series is small-sized, 21,08 mm2 by 8,71 mm deep (0.83 in2 x 0.343 in)
long and commonly used in limited-space, panel-mounted applications where
the need for costly, front-panel displays can be completely eliminated. Digital
gray-code outputs eliminate the need for
The 600 Series controls are manually operated, rotary, optical encoders that
output two square waves in quadrature at a rate of 128 pulse per channel per
revolution as a standard with other resolutions down to 60 pulses available.
The outputs are TTL compatible. PC terminals or cable leads are available.
Pulses per revolution:
Supply voltage:
Body:
128
5.0 V
34,93 mm (1.375 in) Ø
6.35 mm [0.25 in] dia by 22.23 mm [0.875] long
9,52 mm [0.375 in] dia by 9,52 mm [0.375 in] long
-40 °C to 65 °C (-40 °F to 149 °F)
10 million
Shaft:
Bushing:
A/D converters.
Operating temperature:
Revolutions:
Bushing:
Shaft:
Body:
9,52 mm (0.375 in) Ø x 6,35 mm (0.25 in) L
Flatted, 6,35 mm (0.25 in) Ø x 19,05 mm (0.75 in) L
21,08 mm (0.830 in) square
1,91 [0.075
]
Operating temperature:
Rotational cycles:
-40 °C to 105 °C (-40 °F to 221 °F)
100,000
17,5 [0.69
]
12
34
1,27 typ.
0.05 Typ.
0,64 x 3,05
0.025 x 0.012
[
]
“A”
12,2 [0.48
]
[
]
OPTIONS
Series 600
TERMINATION
REFERENCE
177,8 mm (7.0 in) long cable
PC terminals exiting side
PC terminals exiting rear
600EN-128-CBL
600EN-128-B66
600EN-128-C24
600EN-128-CN1
177,8 mm (7.0 in) long cable with connector
OPTIONS
Vertical Mount, PC Terminals/bent back
GREY CODE OPTIONS
2 bit/4 cycles
2 bit/6 cycles
2 bit/9 cycles
4 bit/16 cycles
REFERENCE
510E1A48F204PC
510E1A48F206PC
510E1A48F209PC
510E1A48F416PC
Horizontal Mount, PC Terminals/straight
GREY CODE OPTIONS
2 bit/4 cycles
2 bit/6 cycles
2 bit/9 cycles
4 bit/16 cycles
REFERENCE
510E1A48F204PB
510E1A48F206PB
510E1A48F209PB
510E1A48F416PB
Brackets
MOUNTING DIRECTION
Vertical
Horizontal
REFERENCE
510VBKT
510HBKT
112
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
OPTOSENSORS
Slotted Optical Switches
S-180 Series
S-510 Series
The S-180 Series consists of a gallum arsenide IRED and silicon
phototransistor mounted in a rigid one-piece polycarbonate housing. All
electrical options are available with either PCB mount or 457,0 mm
(18.0 in) minimum length wire termination (26 AWG type UL 1429)
The S-510 Series consists of a gallum arsenide IRED and silicon
phototransitor mounted in a small injection-molded housing. An IR-opaque
housing is offered for applications where high levels of ambient infrared
radiation may be present and an IR-transparent housing for applications
requiring protection from dust and dirt in the apertures. This series is also
available with 305,0 mm (12.0 in) minimum length flexible wire leads.
Operating temperature:
-40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)
IRED continuous forward current:
IRED peak forward current:
IRED reverse voltage:
50 mA
3 A
3 V
100 mW
30 V
5 V
100 mW
Operating temperature:
-40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)
IRED continuous forward current:
IRED peak forward current:
IRED reverse voltage:
50 mA
3 A
3 V
100 mW
30 V
5 V
100 mW
IRED power dissipation:
Sensor collector-emitter voltage:
Sensor emitter-collector voltage:
Sensor power dissipation:
IRED power dissipation:
Sensor collector-emitter voltage:
Sensor emitter-collector voltage:
Sensor power dissipation:
OPTIONS
PCB Mount
OPTIONS
VCE(sat)
IL
REFERENCE
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA, IC = 0.4 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 10 mA, IC = 0.8 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA, IC = 2.0 mA
0.5 mA min @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V S-180-A55
1.0 mA min @ IF = 10 mA and VCE = 5 V S-180-B55
2.0 mA min @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V S-180-C55
IR-opaque housing
TERMINATION
PC Board mount
Wire
PC Board mount
Wire
ELECTRICAL SELECTION
REFERENCE
S-510-A
S-510-AW
S-510-B
S-510-BW
A
A
B
B
Wire Leads
VCE(sat)
IL
REFERENCE
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA, IC = 0.4 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 10 mA, IC = 0.8 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA, IC = 2.0 mA
0.5 mA min @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V S-180-A55W
1.0 mA min @ IF = 10 mA and VCE = 5 V S-180-B55W
2.0 mA min @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V S-180-C55W
IR-transparent housing
TERMINATION
ELECTRICAL SELECTION
REFERENCE
S-511-A
S-511-AW
S-511-B
S-511-BW
PC Board mount
Wire
PC Board mount
Wire
A
A
B
B
PARAMETER
A
IL
VCE(sat)
0.5 mA @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA and IC = 0.25 mA
1.0 mA @ IF = 35 mA and VCE = 5V
0.4 V max @ IF = 35 mA and IC = 0.50 mA
B
1.0 mA @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V
2.0 mA @ IF = 35 mA and VCE = 5V
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA and IC = 0.50 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 35 mA and IC = 1.0 mA
113
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
LOPTOSENSORS
Slotted Optical Switches (continued)
S-860/870 Series
OPTIONS
IR Transparent; 5,59 mm (0.220 in) Lead spacing;
IRED aperture, 1,27 mm (0.05 in)
ELECTRICAL PARAMETER MOUNTING/SENSOR
REFERENCE
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
S-865-N51
S-866-N51
S-867-N51
S-865-N55
S-866-N55
S-867-N55
S-865-T51
S-866-T51
S-867-T51
S-865-T55
S-866-T55
S-867-T55
The S-860/870 family of optical switches offers the designer the most flexible
semi-custom specification available in commercial optoelectronics. Electrical,
optical and mechanical parameters may be specified allowing the use of this
standard product in many applications that would otherwise have to be
custom designed.
IR Transparent; 8,13 mm (0.320 in) Lead spacing;
50 mA IRED aperture, 1,27 mm (0.05 in)
Operating temperature:
-25 °C to 85 °C (-13 °F to 185 °F)
IRED continuous forward current:
IRED peak forward current:
IRED reverse voltage:
3 A
ELECTRICAL PARAMETER
MOUNTING/SENSOR
REFERENCE
S-860-N51
S-861-N51
S-862-N51
S-860-N55
S-861-N55
S-862-N55
S-860-T51
S-861-T51
S-862-T51
S-860-T55
S-861-T55
S-862-T55
3 V
100 mW
30 V
5 V
100 mW
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
IRED power dissipation:
Sensor collector-emitter voltage:
Sensor emitter-collector voltage:
Sensor power dissipation:
IR Opaque; 5,59 mm (0.220 in) Lead spacing;
IRED aperture, 1,27 mm (0.05 in)
ELECTRICAL PARAMETER
MOUNTING/SENSOR
REFERENCE
S-875-N51
S-876-N51
S-877-N51
S-875-N55
S-876-N55
S-877-N55
S-875-T51
S-876-T51
S-877-T51
S-875-T55
S-876-T55
S-877-T55
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
IR Opaque; 8,13 mm (0.320 in) Lead spacing; IRED
aperture, 1,27 mm (0.05 in)
ELECTRICAL PARAMETER
MOUNTING/SENSOR
REFERENCE
S-870-N51
S-871-N51
S-872-N51
S-870-N55
S-871-N55
S-872-N55
S-870-T51
S-871-T51
S-872-T51
S-870-T55
S-871-T55
S-872-T55
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
PARAMETER
A
IL
VCE(sat)
0.5 mA @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA and IC = 0.4 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 10 mA and IC = 0.8 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA and IC = 2.0 mA
B
C
1.0 mA @ IF = 10 mA and VCE = 5 V
2.0 mA @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 0.4 V
114
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
IOPTOY PSENSIOIRS
S-800W Series, Wide gap
The S-800W Series of wide gap slotted switches consists of a gallium arsenide
IRED and silicon phototransistor in an injection-molded housing. The output
current range options allow the design engineer the flexibility to choose from
three current minimums to best solve application requirements.
Operating temperature:
-40 °C to 80 °C (-40 °F to 176 °F)
IRED continuous forward current:
IRED peak forward current:
IRED reverse voltage:
50 mA
3 A
3 V
IRED power dissipation:
100 mW
30 V
5 V
100 mW
Sensor collector-emitter voltage:
Sensor emitter-collector voltage:
Sensor power dissipation:
OPTIONS
IL
500 uA min @ VCE = 10 V & IF = 20 mA 0.4 V max @ IC = 250 uA & IF = 20 mA
1.0 mA min @ VCE = 5 V & IF = 10 mA 0.4 V max @ IC = 500 uA & IF = 20 mA
1.8 mA min @ VCE = 0.6 V & IF = 20 mA 0.4 V max @ IC = 1.8 mA & IF = 20 mA
VCE(sat)
REFERENCE
S-800W
S-801W
S-802W
115
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
Blank page
116
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
Ultrasonic Distance Sensors
Ultrasonic sensing systems offer no-touch distance measurements to an
accuracy of 1 mm through dust, smoke and vapour, in areas of high noise
level, and with all types of target materials, shapes and colours, with sensing
ranges from 100 mm up to 6000 mm.
High performance no-touch position sensing
Increased reliability, no contamination. Honeywell ultrasonic sensors operate
by exciting an acoustic transducer with voltage pulses, causing the transducer
to vibrate ultrasonically. These oscillations are directed at a target and by
measuring the time for the echo to return to the transducer, the distance may
be calculated. This measurement technique in no way interferes with the
object - it does not contaminate the target, nor does it affect the position. And
being no-touch, there are no mechanical linkages to wear out.
Ultrasonic
Factory noise does not affect operation because the operating frequency is
well above the frequency of ambient sound. And because sound is used, air
pressure, humidity and airborne contamination have little effect on accuracy;
target shape, material and colour are also not critical.
Working method
The sensors work with an ultrasonic transducer used for both transmitting
and receiving. In each cycle, ultrasonic pulses will be transmitted. The pulses
are then reflected back from the target, and received by the sensor. By means
of the temperature compensated measurement of the elapsed time of the
acoustic signal, the target distance is determined, with a high degree of
accuracy. The resulting measurement can be output either as an analogue or a
digital signal.
Reflective properties
Target object distance
Almost all materials and targets reflect sound, and can therefore be detected.
Only sound-absorbing materials such as cotton wool, or foam rubber are
either difficult or impossible to detect. Certain materials, such as textiles,
weaken the ultrasonic signals, as a result of which the maximum sensing
distance is less than half of the nominal value.
Time
0
T/2
T
Target shape and surface
All object shapes and surfaces can be measured using ultrasonic sensors, up
to the maximum distance at which a sufficient echo reaches the sensor.
Cylindrical, conical and small objects reduce the measuring range.
Time
Voltage
Figure 1 shows the elapsed time of the acoustic pulse. The diagram shows how the pulse
travels from the transducer to the target, is reflected at time T/2, and reaches the
transducer at time T. Below is a diagram of the voltage at the ultrasonic transducer.
Elapsed time T is directly proportional to object distance a. a = cT/2, where c is the
velocity of sound.
Inclination to beam angle
If a smooth, flat target is inclined at more than half of the nominal beam angle
to the normal beam axis (e.g. 5°), the echo is deflected so far that, under
certain conditions, no signal is received by the sensor (see Figure 2 overleaf).
At shorter target distances, the target can be inclined up to the beam (e.g.
10°) from the beam axis. In the case of targets with a rough surface, the
acoustic beam is reflected diffusely. The angle of inclination to the beam may,
under certain circumstances, be up to 50°, but the maximum sensing
distance is reduced.
Application criteria
The maximum sensing range depends on a number of factors such as target
shape, surface, inclination to the beam axis, surface composition and
environmental influences. The range values included in this catalogue are
based on a target made of flat, sound-reflecting material at 25°C and still air,
placed vertical to the beam axis.
117
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
Target
(cm)
5
3
1
10 cm
< 5°
< 5°
-1
-3
-5
10 cm
Sn
0
200
400
600
800 1000 1200 1400 (mm)
Repeatability
Switching point in
forwards direction
10 cm
< 5°
< 5°
Output
Switching point in
backwards direction
10 cm
Sn
Hysteresis
Figure 2: Effect of target inclination on the measurement
Figure 4: Repeatability and hysteresis
Environmental influences
Mutual interference
The velocity of sound in air is temperature-dependent, and increases at a rate
of 0.18 %/°C. Honeywell ultrasonic distance sensors have their own
temperature transducer, which adjusts both the clock frequency of the elapsed
time counter and the carrier frequency. Major temperature fluctuations within
the measuring path can, however, lead to sound dispersion and refraction,
which disturb the measuring result and limit the stability of the measurement
(Figure 3). Air streams, turbulence and air layers of different densities can, in
certain conditions, attenuate or deflect the echo to such an extent that the
sensor cannot detect it. On the other hand, air humidity and normal
atmospheric air pressure fluctuations have virtually no influence on the
measurements.
Despite pulse coding, if several sensors are used simultaneously in a single
application, mutual interference can occur. This phenomenon will, however,
only arise if, as a result of the inclination of the object, or the positioning of
two sensors opposite one another, false echo signals can be received. By
using the inhibitor input, maintaining minimum distances or restricting the
beam angle with a focusing reflector, the problem can be almost entirely
avoided.
Synchronisation
The majority of Honeywell ultrasonic distance sensors can be very easily
synchronised by interconnecting the appropriate inputs or connecting them
with an external synchronisation unit. The transmission of the acoustic pulses
then occurs simultaneously. This makes it possible to use the sensors for
applications in which the ultrasonic transducers are facing each other, while
still avoiding mutual interference.
cold
10 cm
Protective measures
All sensors are protected against water and dust, according to the DIN
standard IP 65. The transducer is coated with silicone rubber or epoxy, but it
can be attacked by aggressive acid or caustic atmospheres. It is also
necessary to ensure that the transducer face remains clear of liquid or solid
deposits, which could limit the performance of the sensor. Drops of water may
be deposited on the transducer surface, as a result of condensation. These
could severely reduce the sensor range. Also because of the risk of icing up,
and because sensors detect raindrops, the suitability of these sensors for
outdoor use, despite the protective measures, is limited.
10 cm
Sn
warm
10 cm
10 cm
Sn
Figure 3: Effect of warm air turbulence on the measurement
Electrical interference
Repeatability
All Honeywell ultrasonic sensors are protected against reverse polarity, short
circuits, overloads and voltage spikes. Special protective circuitry makes the
sensor almost entirely immune to electromagnetic and radio frequency
interference. However, unstable measurements may arise if the sensor is
placed in the vicinity of strong electrical fields. In such cases, the
interconnection cables should be screened as far as possible, or separated
from power cables. The use of regulated power supplies with mains filters,
and limiting the maximum cable length to 50 metres can also offer possible
solutions. All sensors are CE marked.
All information concerning repeatability and hysteresis in this data sheet is
valid for axial target movements (Figure 4). If a target approaches the sensor
from a distance, the output switches at the set value the given repeatability.
If the target moves further away from the sensor, the output switches back
into its original condition, at a distance which is equal to the sum of the
setpoint and the given hysteresis the repeatability. If a target moves laterally
into the acoustic beam, the echo energy increases. If the measurement
threshold of the sensor is reached, the output becomes active. This threshold
depends on the target properties and its distance from the sensor. The
position can only be determined experimentally.
Alignment aid
The majority of Honeywell ultrasonic distance sensors have an LED, the
output intensity of which is proportional to the ultrasonic echo received. The
brighter the LED, the better aligned the sensor.
Please contact your nearest Honeywell office for details of other models
available.
118
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
940/947 Series
Compact,
microprocessor
controlled with
internal temperature
compensation
The new 940/947 Series is microprocessor controlled, can be set up quickly and are fitted with epoxy
transducers. All the housings are sealed to IP67. The retroreflective versions allow detection of any kind
of target without any dead zone. They work with a reflector target.
OPTIONS
1 adjustable switching output
PNP NO
Analogue voltage output, 0-10 V
Retroreflective, PNP NO
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Beam angle:
Repeatability:
Response time:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
600 mm
100 mm
8°
0,2 % or 2 mm
50 ms
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Min. reflector distance:
Beam angle:
Switching frequency:
Supply voltage:
600 mm
0 mm
300 mm
8°
25 Hz
18 to 30 V
IP67
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Beam angle:
600 mm
100 mm
8°
0,3 % or 1 mm
25 Hz
Repeatability:
18 to 30 V
Switching frequency:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
IP67
Sealing:
Housing:
Termination:
18 to 30 V
Housing:
Termination:
M18 x 1 mm plastic (PBTB)
Preleaded 2 m
M18 x 1 mm plastic (PBTB)
Preleaded 2 m
IP67
Housing:
M18 x 1 mm plastic (PBTB)
REFERENCE
947-F4Y-2D-1C0-300E
REFERENCE
947-FSY-2D-001-300E
REFERENCE
940-F4Y-2D-001-300E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Beam angle:
1500 mm
200 mm
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Min. reflector distance:
Beam angle:
1500 mm
0 mm
400 mm
8°
8 Hz
18 to 30 V
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Beam angle:
1500 mm
200 mm
8°
0,3 % or 1 mm
8 Hz
8°
Repeatability:
Response time:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
0,2 % or 2 mm
100 ms
Repeatability:
Switching frequency:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Switching frequency:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
18 to 30 V
18 to 30 V
IP67
IP67
IP67
Housing:
M18 x 1 mm plastic (PBTB)
Preleaded 2 m
Housing:
M18 x 1 mm plastic (PBTB)
Preleaded 2 m
Housing:
M18 x 1 mm plastic (PBTB)
Termination:
Termination:
REFERENCE
947-F4Y-2D-1C0-180E
REFERENCE
947-FSY-2D-001-180E
REFERENCE
940-F4Y-2D-001-180E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Beam angle:
2500 mm
300 mm
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Min. reflector distance:
Beam angle:
Switching frequency:
Supply voltage:
2500 mm
0 mm
600 mm
8°
1 Hz
18 to 30 V
IP67
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Beam angle:
3000 mm
300 mm
8°
8°
Repeatability:
0,2 % or 2 mm
90 ms
Repeatability:
0,3% or 1 mm
1 Hz
Response time:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Housing:
Termination:
Switching frequency:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
18 to 30 V
IP67
18 to 30 V
IP67
Sealing:
Housing:
Termination:
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
Preleaded 2 m
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
Preleaded 2 m
Housing:
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
Preleaded 2 m
Termination:
125 0,5
125 0,5
125 0,5
90 0,5
90 0,5
90 0,5
3,5
3,5
3,5
REFERENCE
947-T4Y-2D-001-130E
REFERENCE
947-T4Y-2D-1C0-130E
REFERENCE
947-TSY-2D-001-130E
119
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
944 Series
Teach in,
948 Series
Thru scan, 2 part
Analogue and
2 switching outputs
The new 944 series are microprocessor controlled and fully programmable by teach-in, with the simple
pressing of a button. They offer analogue and two switching outputs through a standard M-12, 5-pin
connector. All the models are IP67 with chemical-resistant body and epoxy face. Parameters are stored in
non-volatile memory.
OPTIONS
The 948 series perform presence measurement by
using an ultrasonic beam. The 948 series is one of
the smallest ultrasonic scan through devices in the
world. It is especially suited for food and beverage
applications, in particular bottle counting. Easy to
install, the 948 series is suitable when space is at a
premium.
2 switching outputs PNP NO
Analogue output 4-20 mA
2 switching outputs PNP NO
Analogue output 0-10 volts
Beam angle:
8°
Beam angle:
8°
Repeatability :
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
0,4 % or 2 mm
19 to 30 V
Repeatability :
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
0,4 % or 2 mm
19 to 30 V
IP67
IP67
Housing:
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
Housing:
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
1 switching output
NO/NC; NPN/PNP
11,2
11,2
3,5
3,5
Max. sensing distance:
Beam angle:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
300 mm
8°
18 to 30 V
IP67
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
3500 mm
350 mm
0,8 Hz
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
3500 mm
350 mm
0,8 Hz
Housing:
Plastic rectangular
30,0
(1.18)
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1D1-130E
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1C1-130E
2000
(78.74)
12,0
(0.47)
20,0
(0.79)
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
2000 mm
250 mm
1 Hz
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
2000 mm
250 mm
1 Hz
6,5
(0.04)
2,0
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1D1-180E
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1C1-180E
(0.08)
17,0
(0.67)
5,5
(0.22)
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
1500 mm
150 mm
1 Hz
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
1500 mm
150 mm
1 Hz
10,0
(0.39)
3,2
(0.13)
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1D1-200E
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1C1-200E
30,0
(1.18)
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
350 mm
60 mm
8 Hz
2000
(78.74)
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
350 mm
60 mm
8 Hz
12,0
(0.47)
20,0
(0.79)
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1C1-300E
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1D1-300E
6,5
(0.04)
2,0
(0.08)
17,0
(0.67)
5,5
(0.22)
10,0
(0.39)
3,2
(0.13)
SWITCHING
PNP/NO
NPN/NO
PNP/NC
NPN/NC
REFERENCE
948-HSY-2D-001-300E
948-HSY-2D-002-300E
948-HSY-2D-003-300E
948-HSY-2D-004-300E
120
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
942-T Series
942 Series
Compact
programmable
30 mm diameter
sensor
with Digital Link,
Analogue and 2
switching outputs
The new, plastic housing (PBTB), programmable 942-T series provides flexibility to customers through
independent analogue and 2 switching outputs to suit most of the applications. The programming is easy
to do using Window™ based software.
OPTIONS
2 switching outputs PNP 2NO/NC
Analogue output 4-20 mA
Voltage output, 0-10 V
2 switching outputs PNP
2 switching outputs PNP 2NO/NC
Analogue output 0-10 volts
Beam angle:
8°
Beam angle:
8°
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Beam angle:
1500 mm
150 mm
Repeatability :
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
0,4 % or 2 mm
19 to 30 Vdc
Repeatability :
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
0,4 % or 2 mm
19 to 30 Vdc
10°
Connector
Front face
IP65
IP67
Connector
Front face
IP65
IP67
Repeatability:
0,4 % or 2 mm
5 to 30 Hz
100 ms
Switching frequency:
Response time:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Housing:
Switching frequency:
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
5 to 30 Hz
Housing:
Switching frequency:
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
5 to 30 Hz
19 to 30 V
IP65
Housing:
M30 x 1,5 mm stainless steel
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
3500 mm
350 mm
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
3500 mm
350 mm
REFERENCE
942-A4N-2D-1C1-220S
REFERENCE
REFERENCE
942-T4N-2D-1D1-130E
942-T4N-2D-1C1-130E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Beam angle:
3000 mm
300 mm
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
2000 mm
250 mm
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
2000 mm
250 mm
8°
REFERENCE
942-T4N-2D-1D1-180E
REFERENCE
942-T4N-2D-1C1-180E
Repeatability:
0,4 % or 2 mm
5 to 30 Hz
100 ms
Switching frequency:
Response time:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
1500 mm
150 mm
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
1500 mm
150 mm
19 to 30 V
IP65
REFERENCE
942-T4N-2D-1D1-200E
REFERENCE
942-T4N-2D-1C1-200E
Housing:
M30 x 1,5 mm stainless steel
REFERENCE
942-A4N-2D-1C1-130E
121
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
942 Series
2 Piece
941 Series
Limit switch style
30 mm diameter sensor with
RS232 Interface
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance (adjustable):
Beam angle:
1500 mm
200 mm
10°
Voltage and current output
2 switching RS232 interface
Repeatability:
1 mm
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Housing:
18 to 50 V
IP65
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Beam angle:
1500 mm
150 mm
10°
Zinc die-cast, sea water resistant paint finish
Repeatability:
0,2 % or 1 mm
5 to 8 Hz
Switching frequency:
Response time:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
120 ms
19 to 30 V
IP65
Housing:
M30 stainless steel
OPTIONS
Analogue voltage output, 0-10 V
REFERENCE
Complete sensor: 942-M3A-2D-1G1-220S
Response time:
150 ms
REFERENCE
941-C2V-2E-1C0
Switching
2 adjustable switching outputs PNP NO
Switching frequency:
10 Hz
REFERENCE
941-C2V-2E-001
122
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
946 Series
Teach In
30 mm diameter
precision output
OPTIONS
2 adjustable switching outputs
PNP NO
Analogue voltage (0-10 V) and
current (4-20 mA) output
Beam angle:
Repeatability:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Housing:
Termination:
5°
< 1 %
10 to 30 V
Beam angle:
Repeatability:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Housing:
5°
< 0,1 %
10 to 30 V
IP65
M30 x 1,5 mm stainless steel
M12 connector
IP65
M30 x 1,5 mm stainless steel
M12 connector
Termination:
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Response time:
500 mm
60 mm
35 ms
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
300 mm
60 mm
15 Hz
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-2C0-380E
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-001-400E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Response time:
2000 mm
200 mm
100 ms
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
2000 mm
200 mm
5 Hz
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-2C0-175E
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-001-175E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
6000 mm
800 mm
1 Hz
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Response time:
4000 mm
500 mm
300 ms
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-001-65E
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-2C0-85E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Response time:
6000 mm
800 mm
500 ms
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-2C0-65E
123
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
Due to regional agency approval requirements, some products may not be available in your area. Please
contact your regional Honeywell office regarding your choice of product.
Accessories
Power supply
Beam Deflectors
Beam deflectors deflect the ultrasonic beam by 90° with virtually no
signal loss. They are extremely useful in applications where space is
limited; they allow the space required for the dead zone to be
accommodated when setting up the sensor. The focusing beam
deflector concentrates the ultrasonic beam, preventing unwanted
reflection. It reduces the beam angle by approximately half.
24 Vdc regulated power supply
with output relay
The 43192871 series is made of stainless steel and may be used
to fix the sensor. The 66195116-001, made of plastic, is available
for M30 sensors only and cannot be used to fix the sensor.
OPTIONS
M18
Compact - M30
Use with Series:
Housing:
Use with Series:
Housing:
940, 942, 944, 946, 947
Stainless steel
942, 944, 946, 947
Plastic
The FF-MADB24RB is a small and versatile power
supply usually used with the ultrasonic distance
sensors, but may be used for any purpose. The
power supply accepts 115 or 230 Vac input, is
regulated to 24 Vdc. An internal SPDT relay may
be triggered by NPN or PNP sensor output.
Use with Series:
Supply voltage:
Circuit protection:
Load current:
940, 941, 942, 944, 946, 947
110 Vac or 220 to 240 Vac
Short circuit
150 mA max.
Output relay
LED indication:
Output type: Relay SPDT 4 A/250 Vac, 3 A/60 Vdc
Termination:
Housing:
Screw
Plastic
Housing type: DIN rail mount, 2 holes Ø4,5 mm
REFERENCE
66195116-001
37,5
REFERENCE
43192871-003
43192871-004
1.48
35,0
1.38
50,0
1.97
Focusing
M30
4,8
0.19
Use with Series:
Housing:
940, 942, 944, 946, 947
Stainless steel
60,0
2,36
75,0
2.95
62,5
2.46
6,0
0.24
110,0
4.33
REFERENCE
43192871-001
43192871-002
REFERENCE
FF-MADB24RB
Focusing
124
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
M12 Connectors
Mounting Clamps
OPTIONS
WITHOUT CABLES
WITH CABLES
M12 female, 5 pin, 5 screw terminals
M12 female, 5 pin, 2 metre cable
(supplied with 946 Series)
The 43178389 are plastic mounting clamps
usually used with the ultrasonic distance sensors,
but may be used with any M18 or M30 industrial
sensors. The 43178389 feature 2-part plastic
clamps with 2 M5x60 mm screws and nuts.
The 66195044-001 is used for the 940, 941, 944,
947 series but may be used for any industrial
sensor with standard M12 4 pin or 5 pin
connector. The 66195044-001 connector is
usually included with every sensor of the above
series for connectorised models.
The 55002 is a 5 pin, M12 female, metal, cable
connector with 2 metres of cable attached. It is
used with the 946 series but may be used for any
industrial sensor with standard M12 4 pin or 5 pin
connector. The 55002 cable connector is included
with every sensor of the 946 series.
OPTIONS
M18
Use with Series:
Housing:
Termination:
Number of pins:
940, 941, 944, 947
Plastic
Female M12
5
Use with Series:
Housing:
940
Plastic
Use with Series:
Termination:
940, 941, 944, 946, 947
REFERENCE
66195044-001
Female M12
5
Number of pins:
REFERENCE
55002
M12 female, 7 pin (942 Series)
Female, 8 pin, 2 metre cable (942
Series Compact)
The 66195074-001 is used for the ultrasonic
distance sensor heads 942-A4M. It needs to be
wired and soldered at the setup of the sensor. The
66195074-001 is included in every package of the
942 separate series (942 M3A...) but not in the
spare ultrasonic heads (942-A4M..).
REFERENCE
43178389-018
Use with Series:
Housing:
Termination:
Number of pins:
942
Stainless Steel
Female Binder
7
The 55195126-001 is an 8 pin, female, metal,
cable connector with 2 metres of cable attached.
It used with the 942-A4N compact series. This
device is useful but not necessary to setup the
sensor, as every ultrasonic distance sensor 942-
A4N is provided with a female connector without
cable, with pins to solder.
M30
Use with Series:
Housing:
942, 944, 946, 947
Plastic
REFERENCE
66195074-001
Use with Series:
Housing:
Termination:
Number of pins:
942
Stainless steel
Female Binder
8
REFERENCE
55195126-001
REFERENCE
43178389-030
125
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
Accessories (continued)
Programming
OPTIONS
Software
Programming adaptor for 946
Series
942 Series Compact programming
module
The software package 55195101-101 contains
software for programming 942 series separate
and 55195101-102 for the 942 series compact .
The software runs under Microsoft Windows™
versions 95™ and later.
Both packages contain an RS-232 cable (crossed)
with 2 Sub-D 9 pin connectors, to connect to a PC.
For 55195101-101 (942 Series separate), the
other end of the cable connects to the control box
942-M0A.... by screw terminals. For 55195101-
102 (942 Series compact), the other end of the
cable connects to programming module
55000005-002.
Use with Series:
Sealing:
Number of pins:
946
IP65
4
REFERENCE
40779
The 55000005-002 is a programming module for
the 942-A4N series. Although this device is not
necessary to setup the sensor, it is very useful as
it provides quick connections for the RS-232 data
link and the ‘hold’ switch.
For sensor series 942T... the programming cable
gives easy access to the RS232 interface. The
RS232 interface of the connector is directly
connected to the Sub-D 9 pin connector, which
allows easy connection to a PC. The Windows™
based software is easy to use and is supplied on a
floppy disc with the programming cable.
It features 1 connector din Sub-D 9 pin,
compatible with the cable included in the software
package 55195101-102, 1 microswitch to put the
sensor in ‘hold’ mode (necessary for the RS-232
link), 1 female and 1 male connector to be inserted
between the customer’s interface and the 942-A4N
sensor.
REFERENCE
942-A Series Separate
942-N Series Compact
942-T Series
55195101-101
55195101-102
55000018-001
The 55000005-002 may be used to programme
any number of sensors and is not necessary in the
usual run of the application. It is not compatible
with 942 separate series.
(includes programming cable)
REFERENCE
55000005-002
126
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
Pressure Sensors
Honeywell has over 40 years of experience in the pressure transducer
industry. We offer three pressure sensor measurement types - absolute,
differential and gage - including vacuum gage and bidirectional types. A wide
variety of pressure ranges, along with both amplified and unamplified
versions, are available. Silicon-based versions in stainless steel and brass
housings allow for use in harsh environmental conditions. A wide choice of
mounting, package, and port configurations allows customers to choose from
standard off-the-shelf designs.
Pressure sensors contain sensing elements that consist of four piezoresistors
buried in the face of a thin, chemically-etched silicon diaphragm. A pressure
change causes the diaphragm to flex, inducing a stress or strain in the
diaphragm and the buried resistors. The resistor values change in proportion
to the stress applied and produce an electrical output.
All Honeywell pressure sensors feature excellent repeatability, high accuracy
and reliability under varying environmental conditions. In addition, they
feature highly consistent operating characteristics from one sensor to the next
and interchangeability without recalibration.
High Purity versions
Stainless Steel versions
High purity pressure sensors are focused on high-purity applications in the
wafer-processing segment of the semiconductor industry. With ISO 9001
certified facilities and Class 10 cleanroom capability, Honeywell manufactures
a full line of high purity pressure sensing and control products; each
individually tested, inspected and certified to be in full compliance with the
product specification.
Honeywell also offers stainless steel pressure transducers that use bonded
strain gauge technology with stainless steel media isolation, which eliminates
the need for internal seals. Our stainless steel pressure transducers utilize
bonded semiconductor strain gauge technology and are designed for
demanding environments involving corrosive media. They are manufactured
in a variety of packages that are widely used in medical equipment,
compressors, hydraulic controls, transportation, agriculture, and refrigeration
applications. Laser trimmed and tested, they are fully calibrated and
temperature compensated to assure long-term reliability and performance.
Stainless steel pressure transducers are fully compensated to eliminate known
sources of errors.
The long life of the high-purity pressure sensors, coupled with long-term
stability, greatly reduces or eliminates the need for zero and span adjustments.
Most of our transducers utilize the ‘bonded strain gage’ technology and are
fully stainless steel media isolated, eliminating the need for internal elastomer
seals. Our strain gage design is very resistant to the effects of shock,
vibration and hostile environments. All of our transducers are fully
compensated and tested against the appropriate specifications before
shipment.
127
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
BL Series
AB/HP Series
The BL pressure transmitter has a conventional 4 mA to 20 mA output and is
available with accuracies to 0.25%. It has Factory Mutual approval as an
intrinsically safe device for use in hazardous areas. Class I, Division I, Groups
A through G (when used within approved barriers).
The AB-High Performance pressure transducer is extremely accurate down to
0.25% span over a wide compensated temperature range. Both zero and full-
scale temperature compensation are held to extremely narrow limits.
The transducer’s body is made in a configuration permitting its use as a ‘flush-
mounted’ device in situations where ease of cleaning or low-fluid volumes are
major requirements. It may also be mounted in an adaptor for more
conventional installations. Made from 316L or 15-5PH stainless steel, the AB/
HP offer premium performance and flexibility at OEM prices.
Approvals:
Supply voltage:
CE, FM
12.0 Vdc to 30.0 Vdc
Signal conditioning:
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Port style:
Amplified compensated
-40 °C to 82 °C (-40 °F to 180 °F)
-1 °C to 54 °C (-30 °F to 130 °F)
Flush Diaphragm
Approvals:
CE
5.0 Vdc, 6.0 Vdc max.
Unamplified compensation
-1 °C to 71 °C (30 °F to 160 °F)
Flush Diaphragm
Supply voltage:
Signal conditioning:
Compensated temperature range:
Port style:
Output type:
4 mA to 20 mA
Termination type:
Bendix Connector
79,0 max.
(3.125)
Output type:
0 mV to 100 mV
A
23,75 max.
(0.875)
B
29
,
2
23,8
A
F
20,6
(0.75)
max.
max. dia.
19,05 max.
(0.75)
B
E
4 conductor
color coded
shielded cable
0.91 m long
(3 ft. )
(1.15)
(0.935)
C
D
6
,4
A
(0.25)
PRESSURE
SENSITIVE
DIAPHRAGM
+
EXCITATION
RETURN
ZERO BALANCE C & D
CASE GROUND
A
B
CONNECTOR
PTIH-10-6P
+ Excitation: Red
+ Signal: Grn
– Excitation: Blk
– Signal: Wht
E
19,
0 max. dia.
(0.749)
PRESSURE RANGE (PSI)
Shield
(drain)
Pressure Range (PSI)
0-5
Dim. A MAX
Dim. B
(6.4)
Pressure sensitive surface
(diaphragm)
.271
.232
.238
.238
.273
.287
.285
(6.9)
(5.9)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(6.9)
(7.3)
(7.5)
.25
.25
.25
.19
.19
.19
.19
1-15 to 0-50
(6.4)
(6.4)
(4.8)
(4.8)
(4.8)
(4.8)
0-100 to 0-200
0-500 to 0-1000
0-2000 to 0-5000
0-10000 t
0-20000
OPTIONS
0,91 m (3 ft) 4-Conductor Shielded Cable
-54 °C to 93 °C (-65 °F to 200 °F)
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Absolute
Absolute
Gauge
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psia to 15 psia
0 psia to 50 psia
0 psig to 6 psig
0 psig to 25 psig
0 psig to 15 psig
0 psis to 100 psis
0 psis to 200 psis
0 psis to 500 psis
0 psis to 1,000 psis
0 psis to 2,000 psis
0 psis to 3,000 psis
REFERENCE
ABH015PAC1B
ABH050PAC1B
ABH006PGC1B
ABH025PGC1B
ABH015PGC1B
ABH100PSC1B
ABH200PSC1B
ABH500PSC1B
ABH01KPSC1B
ABH02KPSC1B
ABH03KPSC1B
OPTIONS
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 15 psig
0 psig to 15 psig
0 psis to 100 psis
0 psis to 100 psis
0 psis to 200 psis
0 psis to 500 psis
0 psis to 5,000 psis
0 psis to 10,000 psis
REFERENCE
BLH015PGBG
BL015PGBG
BL100PSBG
BLH100PSBG
BL200PSBG
BL500PSBG
BL05KPSBG
BLH10KPSBG
Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Bendix High Temperature Connector
-54 °C to 149 °C (-65 °F to 300 °F)
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Absolute
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psia to 25 psia
0 psis to 3,000 psis
0 psis to 10,000 psis
REFERENCE
ABH025PABB
ABH03KPSBB
ABH10KPSBB
128
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
Datamate Series
BX Series
The DATAMATE is a two-wire pressure transmitter which is compatible with
data loggers and instrumentation used in processing environments. Its 4 mA
to 20 mA output is ideal for remote monitoring of both primary and secondary
process variables.
The BX pressure sensor is intended for OEMs who need a small, high
performance pressure sensor. The unique sensor module design eliminates
the need for oil-filled capsules and corrugated diaphragms providing a true,
robust sensing surface for long life and superior performance.
The DATAMATE is made of series 300 stainless steel. It is suitable for use with
a variety of media that would otherwise require insulators. It is also
intrinsically safe (when used within approved barriers) for use in Class I,
Division I, Groups A through G hazardous areas.
Supply voltage:
5.0 Vdc
Signal conditioning:
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Port style:
Output type:
Termination type:
Unamplified compensated
-40 °C to 100 °C (-40 °F to 212 °F)
0 °C to 80 °C (32 °F to 130 °F)
Flush diaphragm
Approval:
Supply voltage:
FM
12.0 Vdc to 40.0 Vdc
0 mV to 50 mV
4 - 22 AWG tinned Cu wires
Signal conditioning:
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Port style:
Amplified compensated
-40 °C to 100 °C (-40 °F to 212 °F)
-1 °C to 54 °C (30 °F to 130 °F)
1/8 - 27 NPT
8,6
(0.375)
19,0
(0.75)
22 AWG 0,6 (0.025) DIA.
- SIGNAL
d
c
TINNED Cu WIRES
APPROX. 9,6 (0.38) LONG
4 PLCS
5,8 max.
(0.23)
13,0
(0.5)
Output type:
4 mA to 20 mA
- EXCITATION
Termination type:
3-wire, 24 AWG, 1/2 in. NPT internal conduit
+ SIGNAL
b
a
+ EXCITATION
PRESSURE
SENSITIVE
DIAPHRAGM
1/8-27 NPT, 12,7 (0.5) HEX
12,7 (0.5) NPT
INTERNAL
RED
BLK
GRN
+ EXCITATION
- EXCITATION
CASE GROUND
Ø 38,1
(Ø1.5)
OPTIONS
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 15 psig
REFERENCE
BX015PGTA
19,0
(0.75)
71,4
(2.81
431,8
(17.0)
)
OPTIONS
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
REFERENCE
0 psig to 15 psig
0 psig to 50 psig
0 psis to 100 psis
0 psis to 200 psis
0 psis to 500 psis
0 psis to 5,000 psis
DM015PG1WG
DM050PG1WG
DM100PS1WG
DM200PS1WG
DM500PS1WG
DM05KPS1WG
129
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
Eclipse Series
EA Series
The EA Series is designed for OEM users requiring high output and corrosion-
resistance. It has operated through millions of pressure cycles without
damage and is well suited for the cycling regimes found in automatic
equipment, robots, and hydraulic systems.
The Eclipse (EC) Series pressure transducers are designed for OEMS who
require a reliable pressure transducer for industrial or heavy-duty applications.
The model EC features our proven all-wetted stainless steel design, rugged
packaging, internal signal amplification, and price which makes it an ideal
sensor for a variety of applications. The model EC offers a broad selection of
pressure ranges, output ranges, process connections, and electrical
termination to meet the demanding requirements of customers worldwide.
Approval:
Supply voltage:
UL
85.0 Vdc
Signal conditioning:
Compensated temperature range:
Port style:
Termination type:
Measurement type:
Amplified compensated
1 °C to 85 °C (30 °F to 185 °F)
1/8 in - 27 NPT
Approvals:
Supply voltage:
UL, CE
5.0 Vdc
Quick disconnect
Gauge
Signal conditioning:
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Amplified compensated
-40 °C to 105 °C (-40 °F to 221 °F)
-40 °C to 105 °C (-40 °F to 221 °F)
41,91
(1.65)
20,83
(0.82)
5,11
(Ø.201)
2 PLCS
15,75
(0.625)
41,91
(1.65)
34,29
(1.375)
1/4 OD STRAIGHT SS PORT (0-6 to 0-50 PSI)
1/8-27 NPT, 13,0 (0.5) HEX (FOR EA/100 THROUGH 5000)
3/8-24 UNF, 14,0 (0.5625) HEX (OPTIONAL ON 5000)
54,61
76,0 (3.0) max.
(2.15)
25,0 (1.0)
max.
38,0 (1.5) max.
2
3
Output
Ground
38,10
(1.50)
2
4
3
1
25,0
(1.0)
20,32
(0.75)
4
d
a
PINS
3,56 X 0,38
Excitation
PSI: 1/8-27 NPT, 15,9 (0.625) Hex
BAR: G 16,0 (0.25) Hex
(.140 X .015)
c
b
OPTIONS
OPTIONS
The Model Eclipse is available with a mini DIN style electrical connector. This
connection is a popular choice throughout the world and offers quick
disconnection, but can be rigidly attached with the center screw fastener. The
cable exit may be adjusted to any 90° direction.
Output 1 Vdc to 6 Vdc
-55 °C to 100 °C (-67 °F to 212 °F)
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 6 psig
REFERENCE
EA006PG1QD
EA015PG1QD
EA025PG1QD
EA100PG1QD
EA200PG1QD
EA300PG1QD
EA500PG1QD
EA01KPG1QD
EA05KPG1QD
Hirschmann - 0.5 Vdc to 4.5 Vdc Output
1/8 in - 27 NPT Connector
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
0 psig to 15 psig
0 psig to 25 psig
0 psig to 100 psig
0 psig to 200 psig
0 psig to 300 psig
0 psig to 500 psig
0 psig to 1,000 psig
0 psig to 5,000 psig
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psis to 200 psis
0 psis to 500 psis
REFERENCE
EC200PS1HC
EC500PS1HC
Output 1 kHz to 6 kHz
-40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 300 psig
0 psig to 500 psig
REFERENCE
EA300PG1QF
EA500PG1QF
130
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
Eclipse Series (continued)
48,0 max.
(1.875)
10,0 in. (0.375) max.
23,0
(0.875)
38,0
(1.5)
25,0 max
(1.0)
A
Excitation
C
25,0
(1.0) max.
Ground
3 Conductor, 24 AWG,
Color Coded, Shielded
Cable, 0,91 m (3 ft.)
25,0
(1.0)
25,0
(1.0) max
B
10,0 (0.375) max.
Output
PSI: 1/8-27 NPT, 15,9 (0.625) Hex
BAR: G 16,0 (0.25) Hex
PSI: 1/8-27 NPT, 16,0 (0.625) Hex
7/16 UNF, 14,0 (05625) Hex
BAR: G1/4, 19,0 (0.75) Hex
OPTIONS
OPTIONS
To meet the requirements of automotive applications, the Model Eclipse is
offered with the Packard Metri-PackTM electrical connector. This connector
has been specified for the extreme environments found in engine and
hydraulic applications. The connector has a locking lug to maintain the
connection with the mating plug.
The Model Eclipse can be provided with an all stainless steel case and an
integral cable for electrical connection. The advantage of this arrangement is
that the environment rating is increased to IP66 and would be recommended
for extreme outdoor or industrial environments.
Model Cable
Packard - 0.5 Vdc to 4.5 Vdc Output
1/8 in - 27 NPT Connector
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psis to 100 psis
0 psis to 5,000 psis
REFERENCE
EC100PS1CG
EC05KPS1CG
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psis to 200 psis
0 psis to 300 psis
0 psis to 500 psis
0 psis to 2,000 psis
0 psis to 3,000 psis
REFERENCE
EC200PS1PC
EC300PS1PC
EC500PS1PC
EC02KPS1PC
EC03KPS1PC
Sealed Gauge
G1/4 in - 19 BSP Connector
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Sealed Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 bar to 350 bar
REFERENCE
EC350BS6PC
4 mA to 20 mA Output
G1/4 in - 19 BSP Connector
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 bar to 1 bar
REFERENCE
EC001BG6PG
131
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
MediaMate Series
The MEDIAMATE pressure transducer provides the user with the corrosion
resistance of stainless steel at low OEM pricing. It is fully compensated and
completely interchangeable without further calibration. The MEDIAMATE’s
wetted parts and outer case are made from 300 series stainless steel. It is now
being used with a wide variety of corrosive medial such as Freon®, ammonia,
water, and hydraulic fluids.
Approvals:
Supply voltage:
Signal conditioning:
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Output type:
CE
5.0 Vdc, 6.0 Vdc max.
Unamplified compensated
-40 °C to 100 °C (-40 °F to 212 °F)
-1 °C to 82 °C (30 °F to 180 °F)
0 mV to 50 mV
MEDIAMATE WITH HIRSCHMANN
54,61
[(2.15)
40,64
(1.60)
16,0
(0.63)
19,14
(0.75)
SQUARE
Measurement type:
Gauge
2
4
3
1
MEDIAMATE WITH HOLLINGSWORTH
1/8-27 NPT
46,48
(1.83)
12,7 HEX
(0.5)
VENT HOLE
40,64
(1.60)
PIN CODES ARE FOR OPTIONAL HIRSCHMANN
AND HOLLINGSWORTH CONNECTORS
25,4
(1.0)
19,14
(0.75)
Ø
3
Hollisworth
Pin Code
Hirshmann
Pin Code
4
1
Function
+ Signal
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
2
+ Excitation
- Signal
1/8-27 NPT
- Excitation
12,7 HEX
(0.5)
OPTIONS
OPTIONS
Hirschmann - G-1/8 in BSP Connector
Hollingsworth - 1/8 in - 27 NPT Connector
MEASUREMENT TYPE
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 25 psig
0 psig to 200 psig
0 psig to 5,000 psig
0 psig to 7,000 psig
REFERENCE
MEASUREMENT TYPE
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 15 psig
REFERENCE
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
MM025PG10HA
MM200PG10HA
MM05KPG10HA
MM07KPG10HA
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
MM015PG1QA
MM100PG1QA
MM200PG1QA
MM500PG1QA
MM01KPG1QA
MM05KPG1QA
0 psig to 100 psig
0 psig to 200 psig
0 psig to 500 psig
0 psig to 1,000 psig
0 psig to 5,000 psig
Hirschmann - 1/8 in - 27 NPT Connector
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 50 psig
0 psig to 100 psig
REFERENCE
MM050PG1HA
MM100PG1HA
Hollingsworth - 3/8 in UNF Connector
MEASUREMENT TYPE
PRESSURE RANGE
REFERENCE
Gauge
0 psig to 5,000 psig
MM05KPG3QA
Hirschmann - G-1/4 in BSP Connector
MEASUREMENT TYPE
PRESSURE RANGE
REFERENCE
Gauge
0 psig to 5,000 psig
MM05KPG6HA
132
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
SA Series
SR Series
The harsh duty SA pressure transducer has a water resistant, stainless steel
case for complete protection from harsh environments. Internal hermetic
sealing is used to provide measurement from absolute pressures (psia) or
pressures referenced to a sealed chamber (psis). Underwriters Laboratories
has approved the SA as a component in float and pressure-operated motor
controllers (File #E93356).
The Model SR is intended for OEMs requiring a small pressure sensor with
high pressure capability and superior corrosion resistance. Constructed of
brazen assembly of 300 series stainless steels, the SR can tolerate a wide
variety of corrosive medial without risk of leaking. The SR’s design provide
high working pressures and high overload and burst pressures at no extra
cost.
Approvals:
UL (*C1D products)
CE (*C1DE products)
9.0 Vdc to 24.0 Vdc
Supply voltage:
5.0 Vdc
Signal conditioning:
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Port style:
Output type:
Termination type:
Unamplified compensated
-40 °C to 100 °C (-40 °F to 212 °F)
0 °C to 75 °C (32 °F to 167 °F)
Capsule
Supply voltage:
Signal conditioning:
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Port style:
Amplified compensated
-55 °C to 105 °C (-48 °F to 221 °F)
-1 °C to 85 °C (30 °F to 185 °F)
1/8-27 NPT
0 mV to 100 mV
4 - 22 AWG tinned Cu wires
Output type:
1 Vdc to 6 Vdc
Termination type:
0,91 m (3 ft) 3-conductor shielded cable
15,0 max.
(0.625)
7,6 max.
4, 22 AWG
TINNED Cu SOLID WIRES
14,0 (0.55) LONG
(0.30)
SA WITH CABLE
4,3 max.
(0.17)
3 conductor
color coded
shielded cable
0,91 m long (3 ft)
1/8-27 NPT
3/8-24 UNF (optional ≥100 PSI)
a
+ Excitation
c
18,5
19,0 / 18,95
19,5 max.
(0.766)
- Excitation
(0.75)
(0.748 / 0.746)
b
d
+ Signal
A
- Signal
Excitation: Red
O-RING GROOVE
40,0
(1.56)
Signal: Wht
Common: Blk
Bare
(case shield)
PRESSURE RANGE (PSI)
19,0
(0.75)
10,0
(0.38)
* A
Pressure
Range
(PSI)
48,0
(1.88)
Sealing
Depth**
Cavity
Depth
Bore Dia.
O-Ring
.500
(12.70)
15-500
2-012
2-010
2-010
.21 (5.33)
.22 (5.58)
.22 (5.58)
.22 (5.58)
1/2 Hex for 1/8-27 NPT port
9/16 Hex for 3/8-24 UNF port
1000-1500 .375 (9.52)
2000 .375 (9.52)
.21 (5.33)
.21 (5.33)
CAUTION: Contact with sensing surface at bottom of cavity will affect
accuracy and may cause damage. The O-ring groove on 2000 psi unit is
wider to accommodate a backup ring behind the O-ring.
All dimensions in inches (mm).
OPTIONS
UL Approval
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Absolute
Absolute
Absolute
Absolute
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psia to 15 psia
0 psia to 25 psia
0 psia to 50 psia
0 psia to 100 psia
0 psig to 15 psig
0 psis to 100 psis
0 psis to 200 psis
0 psis to 500 psis
0 psis to 3,000 psis
REFERENCE
OPTIONS
SA015PA1C1D
SA025PA1C1D
SA050PA1C1D
SA100PA1C1D
SA015PG1C1D
SA100PS1C1D
SA200PS1C1D
SA500PS1C1D
SA03KPS1C1D
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 15 psig
0 psig to 25 psig
0 psig to 50 psig
0 psig to 100 psig
0 psig to 200 psig
0 psig to 300 psig
0 psig to 500 psig
0 psig to 1,000 psig
0 psig to 2,000 psig
REFERENCE
SR015PGTB
SR025PGTB
SR050PGTB
SR100PGTB
SR200PGTB
SR300PGTB
SR500PGTB
SR01KPGTB
SR02KPGTB
Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
CE Approval
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Absolute
Absolute
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psia to 25 psia
0 psia to 50 psia
REFERENCE
SA025PA1C1DE
SA050PA1C1DE
133
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
ST Series
ML Series
The Model ML pressure transducers combines the latest in ASIC technology
with our proven stainless steel design. This digitally compensated transducer
offers an unparalleled value and performance combination making it the ideal
pressure sensing solution for demanding automotive and industrial
applications. Fully temperature compensated, calibrated, and amplified, the
ML is available in 100 to 5,000 psis pressure ranges.
The Model ST pressure transducer combines Honeywell’s proven silicon
pressure sensing with the latest in ASIC technology in a rugged, industrial
package. High value, coupled with outstanding performance, make this an
ideal transducer for industrial control applications such as air compressors
and pneumatic equipment.
Signal conditioning:
Amplified compensated
-40 °C to 100 °C (-40 °F to 212 °F)
-40 °C to 100 °C (-40 °F to 212 °F)
Packard Metri-Pack™ Connector
Gauge
Approval:
Supply voltage:
Signal conditioning:
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Termination type:
UL
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Termination type:
5.0 Vdc
Amplified compensated
-40 °C to 105 °C (-40 °F to 221 °F)
-40 °C to 105 °C ( -40 °F to 221 °F)
Packard Metri-Pack™ Connector
Sealed Gauge
Measurement type:
Measurement type:
40,0 *
(1.58)
15,0 **
(0.60)
(1.58)
40,0
15,0 (0.60)
Not Intended for
Customer use
19,0
(0.73)
22,0
(0.85)
19,0
(0.73)
22,0
(0.85)
Not Intended for
Customer use
c
27,0
(1.06)
c
27,0
b
a
(1.06)
27,0 (1.06) HEX
1/8-27 NPT*
b
a
* 1/4-18 NPT and G1/4-18 BSP configurations are both optional.
Contact the factory to discuss other pressure port options.
27,0 (0.063) HEX
* Maximum
** 19,0 (0.75) for 1/4-18 NPT 1/8-27 NPT or 1/4-18 NPT
OPTIONS
OPTIONS
0.5 Vdc to 4.5 Vdc Output
1/8 in - 27 NPT Connector
4.0 mA to 20 mA Output
1/8 in - 27 NPT Connector
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
5.0 Vdc
5.0 Vdc
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psis to 1,000 psis
0 psis to 100 psis
REFERENCE
ML01KPS1PC
ML100PS1PC
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
9.5 Vdc to 35 Vdc
9.5 Vdc to 35 Vdc
PRESSURE RANGE
0 bar to 10 bar
0 psig to 200 psig
REFERENCE
ST010BG1SPGF
ST200PG1SPGF
1/4 in - 18 NPT Connector
1/4 in - 18 NPT Connector
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
5.0 Vdc
PRESSURE RANGE
0 bar to 10 bar
REFERENCE
ML010BS2PC
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
9.5 Vdc to 35 Vdc
9.5 Vdc to 35 Vdc
9.5 Vdc to 35 Vdc
PRESSURE RANGE
REFERENCE
0 bar to 10 bar
0 bar to 2.5 bar
0 bar to 6.0 bar
ST010BG2SPGF
ST2R5BG2SPGF
ST006BG2SPGF
4 mA to 20 mA Output
1/8 in - 27 NPT Connector
0.5 Vdc to 4.5 Vdc Ratiometric Output
1/4 in - 18 NPT Connector
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psis to 100 psis
REFERENCE
ML100PS1PG
9.5 Vdc to 35.0 Vdc
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
5.0 Vdc
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 50 psig
REFERENCE
ST050PG2SPCF
1/4 in - 18 NPT Connector
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
9.5 Vdc to 35.0 Vdc
9.5 Vdc to 35.0 Vdc
9.5 Vdc to 35.0 Vdc
PRESSURE RANGE
REFERENCE
0 psis to 100 psis
0 psis to 300 psis
0 bar to 60 bar
ML100PS2PG
ML300PS2PG
ML060BS2PG
134
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
Cell with Body Ring, 10 Vdc Excitation
19mm Series
50,0 (2.0) NOMEX INSULATED
RIBBON CABLE
W/ 2,54 (0.10) PIN SPACING
(24 AWG EQUIV.)
Ø 15,09 (0.594)
VENT HOLE
RING I.D.
(GAUGE UNITS ONLY)
-OUT
+OUT
A
Ø 18,69 (0.736)
Ø 16,51 (0.650)
O-RING GROOVE
Ø 18,95
(0.746)
1
-IN
+IN
4X 3,2 (0.125)
TIG WELD
LOCATION
CERAMIC SHOWN
(COMP. UNITS ONLY)
Ø 16,98 (0.668)
CKT CAVITY
GROOVE FOR
AS568-016 O-RING
MEASUREMENT
Gauge
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 15 psig
0 psig to 5.0 psig
REFERENCE
19C015PG1K
19C005PG1K
The ICT stainless steel 19C and 19 Vacuum Gauge Series devices are designed
for pressure applications that involve measurement of hostile media in harsh
environments compatible with 316 stainless steel. The special Vacuum Gauge
Series devices are specifically designed for applications that can be exposed
to a vacuum.
Cell with Body Ring, 1.5 mA Excitation
Supply voltage:
1.5 mA or 10.0 Vdc
Unamplified compensated
-40 °C to 125 °C (-40 °F to 257 °F)
0 °C to 82 °C (32 °F to 179 °F)
98 mV to 102 mV
Signal conditioning:
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Output type:
50,0 (2.0) NOMEX INSULATED
RIBBON CABLE
W/ 2,54 (0.10) PIN SPACING
Ø 15,09 (0.594)
VENT HOLE
(GAUGE UNITS ONLY)
RING I.D.
(24 AWG EQUIV.)
-OUT
Termination type:
50,0 mm (2.0 in) Nomex ribbon cable
+OUT
A
Ø 18,69 (0.736)
Ø 16,51 (0.650)
O-RING GROOVE
Ø 18,95
(0.746)
1
-IN
+IN
4X 3,2 (0.125)
TIG WELD
LOCATION
CERAMIC SHOWN
(COMP. UNITS ONLY)
Ø 16,98 (0.668)
OPTIONS
CKT CAVITY
GROOVE FOR
AS568-016 O-RING
19 Vacuum Gauge Series - Flush Mount with Flange
MEASUREMENT
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 100 psig
0 psig to 300 psig
0 psig to 3.0 psig
0 psig to 5.0 psig
REFERENCE
19C100PG1L
19C300PG1L
19C003PG1L
19C005PG1L
50,0 (2.0) NOMEX INSULATED
Ø.22,1
(0.870)
RIBBON CABLE
W/.2,54 (0.10) PIN SPACING
(24 AWG EQUIV.)
VENT HOLE
(GAUGE UNITS ONLY)
-OUT
Ø.18,69(0.736)
WELD RELIEF
A
+OUT
Ø.18,95
(0.746)
Ø.16,51 (0.650)
1
O-RING GROOVE
-IN
Flush Mount with Flange
+IN
4X 3,2 (0.125)
CERAMIC SHOWN
EXPOSED
DIAPHRAGM
50,0 (2.0) NOMEX INSULATED
Ø.16,98 (0.668)
CKT CAVITY
(COMP. UNITS ONLY)
Ø.22,1
(0.870)
RIBBON CABLE
W/.2,54 (0.10) PIN SPACING
(24 AWG EQUIV.)
GROOVE FOR
AS568-016 O-RING
VENT HOLE
(GAUGE UNITS ONLY)
-OUT
Ø.18,69(0.736)
WELD RELIEF
A
+OUT
Ø.18,95
(0.746)
Ø.16,51 (0.650)
1
O-RING GROOVE
-IN
MEASUREMENT
Vacuum Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 15 psig
REFERENCE
19C015PV3K
+IN
4X 3,2 (0.125)
CERAMIC SHOWN
EXPOSED
DIAPHRAGM
Ø.16,98 (0.668)
CKT CAVITY
(COMP. UNITS ONLY)
GROOVE FOR
AS568-016 O-RING
MEASUREMENT
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 5.0 psig
REFERENCE
19C005PG3K
1/4 in - 18 NPT
50,0 (2.0) NOMEX INSULATED
STRIP CABLE
W/ 2,54 (0.10)PIN SPACING
(24 AWG EQUVI.)
VENT HOLE
(GAUGE UNITS ONLY)
19,0 (0.75)
HEX
1/8 in - 27 NPT
-OUT
+OUT
A
50,0 (2.0)NOMEX INSULATED
STRIP CABLE
W/ 2,54 (0.10) PIN SPACING
(24 AWG EQUIV.)
Ø 18,95
(0.746)
Ø
13,72
(0.54)
1
-IN
VENT HOLE
(GAUGE UNITS ONLY)
19,0 (0.75)
HEX
+IN
4X 3,2 (0.125)
-OUT
1/4-18 NPT
CERAMIC SHOWN
(COMP. UNITS ONLY)
Ø 16,98 (0.668)
CKT CAVITY
Ø
4,34 (0.171)
TIG WELD
LOCATION
+OUT
A
Ø 18,95
(0.746)
1
-IN
+IN
4X 3,2 (0.125)
1/8-27 NPT
CERAMIC SHOWN
(COMP. UNITS ONLY)
Ø 16,98 (0.668)
Ø 4,34 (0.17)
MEASUREMENT
Vacuum Gauge
Vacuum Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 100 psig
0 psig to 15 psig
REFERENCE
19C100PV5L
19C015PV5L
TIG WELD
LOCATION
CKT CAVITY
MEASUREMENT
Gauge
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 15 psig
0 psig to 300 psig
REFERENCE
19C015PG4K
19C300PG4K
135
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
These ICT 13 mm stainless steel devices are designed for high pressure
applications that involve measurement of hostile media in harsh
environments. This series uses ICT’s proven piezoresistive semiconductor
sensor chip in an oil-isolated housing with or without an integral ceramic for
temperature compensation and calibration. This design has proven to be
highly reliable, stable, and accurate.
13mm Series
Supply voltage:
Signal conditioning:
1.5 mA or 10 Vdc
Unamplified
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
-40 °C to 125 °C (-40 °F to 257 °F)
0 °C to 82 °C (32 °F to 179 °F)
OPTIONS
Compensated Series - Ring with Back Support
50,0 mm (2.0 in) Nomex ribbon
1/8 in - 27 NPT
50,0 mm (2.0 in) Nomex ribbon cable
50,0 (2.0) NOMEX INSULATED
STRIP CABLE
W/ 2,54 (.010) PIN SPACING
50,0 (2.0)NOMEX INSULATED
STRIP CABLE
W/ 2,54 (0.10) PIN SPACING
19,1 (0.75) HEX
Ø 8,56 (Ø 0.337
(24 AWG EQUIV)
(24 AWG EQUIV)
RING I.D.
-OUT
IDENTIFIER
-OUT (A)
-OUT
IDENTIFIER
-OUT (A)
+OUT (B)
+OUT (B)
A
A
Ø 12,62 (0.497)
Ø 10,59 (0.417)
Ø 19,0 (0.748)
O-RING GROOVE
-IN (C)
-IN (C)
e
+IN (D)
TIG WELD
LOCATION
+IN (D)
BACK SUPPORT
O-RING GROOVE
4X 3,2 (0.375)
4X 3,2 (0.13)
Ø 11,91 (Ø0.469)
CKT CAVITY
Ø 15,67 (Ø0.617)
1/8-27 NPT
Ø 4,34 (Ø0.171)
TIG WELD
LOCATION
(10mm X 1.5mm O-RING
NOT PROVIDED)
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Absolute
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psi to 5,000 psi
OUTPUT TYPE
148 mV to 152 mV
REFERENCE
13C5000PA4K
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
OUTPUT TYPE
REFERENCE
0 psi to 5,000 psi
0 psi to 3,000 psi
0 psi to 1,000 psi
148 mV to 152 mV
98 mV to 102 mV
98 mV to 102 mV
13C5000PS1L
13C3000PS1L
13C1000PS1L
Sealed Gauge
Uncompensated Series
Pin Connector
1/4 in - 18 NPT
50,0 mm (2.0 in) Nomex ribbon cable
PIN NUMBERS
REF. ONLY
Ø 8,56 (Ø0.337)
RING I.D.
50.0 (2.0) NOMEX INSULATED
STRIP CABLE
W/ 2,54 (0.10) PIN SPACING
19,1 (0.75) HEX
6
(24 AWG EQUIV)
-OUT
IDENTIFIER
1
Ø 10,59 (0.417)
5
2
Ø 12,62 (0.497)
-OUT (A)
+OUT (B)
4
3
A
6X Ø0,51 (0.63) ON
Ø 7,62 (0.30) PIN CIRCLE
Ø19,0 (0.748)
O-RING GROOVE
(10mm X 1.5mm O-RING
NOT PROVIDED)
TIG WELD
LOCATION
BALL WELD AREA
-IN (C)
+IN (D)
4X 3,2 (0.13)
Ø 11,91 (Ø0.469)
CKT CAVITY
Ø 4,34 (Ø0.171)
1/4-18 NPT
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Absolute
Absolute
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psi to 1,000 psi
0 psi to 5,000 psi
OUTPUT TYPE
175 mV to 300 mV
290 mV to 500 mV
REFERENCE
13U1000PA0K
13U5000PA0K
TIG WELD
LOCATION
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Sealed Gauge
Sealed Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psi to 1,000 psi
0 psi to 5,000 psi
0 psi to 3,000 psi
OUTPUT TYPE
REFERENCE
98 mV to 102 mV
148 mV to 152 mV
98 mV to 102 mV
13C1000PS5L
13C5000PS5L
13C3000PS5L
Sealed Gauge
136
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
SPT Series
The SPT stainless steel devices are designed for pressure applications that
involve measurement of hostile media in harsh environments and will
accommodate any media that will not adversely attack 304 or 316 stainless
steel wetted parts. The SPT stainless steel devices are rugged and reliable
transducers for use in a wide variety of pressure sensing applications where
corrosive liquids or gases are monitored.
1/8 in - 27 NPT
0,609 m (2 ft) 4-Conductor shielded pairs
1.0 Vdc to 5.0 Vdc Output
4-CONDUCTOR CABLE
24 AWG CONDUCTORS
SHIELDED, IN PAIRS,
WITH DRAIN WIRE
CUSTOMER SPECIFIED
LENGTH (IN FEET)
22,2 (0.875)
HEX
Signal conditioning:
Amplified and unamplified compensated
-10 °C to 85 °C (14 °F to 185 °F)
-40 °C to 125 °C (-40 °F to 257 °F)
Absolute, Sealed, and Gauge
Ø 20,7 (0.815)
Compensated temperature range:
Operating temperature range:
Measurement type:
Ø 10,29
(0.405)
1/8-27 NPT
VENT TUBE
TIG WELD
(GAUGE UNITS ONLY)
19,0 (0.70)
TIG WELD
LOCATION
LOCATION
Ø 4,34 (Ø0.171)
OPTIONS
4mA to 20 mA Output
0,609 m (2 ft) 4-Conductor shielded pairs
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
12.0 Vdc to 30.0 Vdc
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psi to 15 psi
REFERENCE
SPT4V0015PG4W02
4-CONDUCTOR CABLE
24 AWG CONDUCTORS
SHIELDED, IN PAIRS,
WITH DRAIN WIRE
CUSTOMER SPECIFIED
LENGTH (IN FEET)
1/4 in - 18 NPT
0,304 m (1 ft) 4-Conductor shielded pairs
1.0 Vdc to 5.0 Vdc Output
22,2 (0.875)
HEX
Ø20,7 (0.815)
Ø13,72
(0.54)
4-CONDUCTOR CABLE
24 AWG CONDUCTORS
SHIELDED, IN PAIRS,
WITH DRAIN WIRE
CUSTOMER SPECIFIED
LENGTH (IN FEET)
VENT TUBE
TIG WELD
1/4-18 NPT
(GAUGE UNITS ONLY)
19,0 (0.70)
LOCATION
TIG WELD
LOCATION
Ø 4,34 (Ø0.171)
22,2 (0.875)
HEX
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
12.5 Vdc to 30.0 Vdc
12.5 Vdc to 30.0 Vdc
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psi to 100 psi
0 psig to 5.0 psig
REFERENCE
STPMA0100PG5W02
SPTMA0005PG5W02
Ø20,7 (0.815)
Ø13,72
(0.54)
VENT TUBE
TIG WELD
1/4-18 NPT
Ø 4,34 (Ø0.171)
(GAUGE UNITS ONLY)
19,0 (0.70)
LOCATION
TIG WELD
LOCATION
1/4 in - 18 NPT - 0 mV to 100 mV Output
Bayonet Connector
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
12.0 Vdc to 30.0 Vdc
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 10 psig
REFERENCE
SPT4V0010PG5W01
VENT HOLE
(GAUGE UNITS ONLY)
22,2 (0.875)
HEX
1/4 in - 18 NPT
0,609 m (2 ft) 4-Conductor shielded pairs
1.0 Vdc to 5.0 Vdc Output
PIN D
PIN A
A
D
Ø 20,7 (0.815)
Ø 13,72
(0.54)
C
B
PIN B
PIN C
1/4-18 NPT
Ø 4,34 (Ø0.171)
TIG WELD
LOCATION
13,2
(0.52)
TIG WELD
LOCATION
4 -PIN SHELL SIZE
8 BAYONET
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PRESSURE RANGE
REFERENCE
STP4V0100PG5W02
LOCK CONNECTOR
RECEPTACLE
12.0 Vdc to 30.0 Vdc
0 psi to 100 psi
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
10.0 Vdc
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 100 psig
REFERENCE
STPMA0100PG5B
7/16 in UNF
1/8 in - 27 NPT - 0 mV to 100 mV Output
0,609 m (2 ft) 4-Conductor shielded pairs
1.0 Vdc to 5.0 Vdc Output
4-CONDUCTOR CABLE
24 AWG CONDUCTORS
SHIELDED, IN PAIRS,
WITH DRAIN WIRE
CUSTOMER SPECIFIED
LENGTH (IN FEET)
4-CONDUCTOR CABLE
24 AWG CONDUCTORS
SHIELDED, IN PAIRS,
WITH DRAIN WIRE
CUSTOMER SPECIFIED
LENGTH (IN FEET)
22,2 (0.875)
HEX
22,2 (0.875)
HEX
Ø20,7 (0.815)
Ø 20,7 (0.815)
Ø 10,29
(0.405)
7/16-20 UNF-2A
VENT TUBE
(GAUGE UNITS ONLY)
TIG WELD
LOCATION
1/8-27 NPT
GLAND PER
MS33656
VENT TUBE
TIG WELD
19,0 (0.70)
(GAUGE UNITS ONLY)
19,0 (0.70)
Ø4,34 (Ø0.171)
TIG WELD
LOCATION
LOCATION
Ø 4,34 (Ø0.171)
TIG WELD
LOCATION
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
12.0 Vdc to 30.0 Vdc
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psi to 200 psi
REFERENCE
SPT4V0200PG6W02
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
10.0 Vdc
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psi to 100 psi
REFERENCE
SPTMV0100PG4W02
137
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
4.0 mA to 20.0 mA Output
1/2 in Male Face Seal Connector
1,83 m (6 ft) 2-Conductor Cable
F1 Series
MEASUREMENT TYPE
PRESSURE RANGE
REFERENCE
Compound
-14.7 psig to 250 psig
F14WMV250CP
1/4 in Male Face Seal
Bendix Male Connector
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Compound
Compound
PRESSURE RANGE
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
-14.7 psig to 250 psig
REFERENCE
F14VMV100CB
F14VMV250CB
All F1 pressure transducers are manufactured in our Class 10 clean room
environment. Our flow-through pressure transducers are specifically
designed for the semiconductor industry. Their long life, coupled with long-
term stability, can greatly reduce or eliminate the need for zero and span
adjustments. All Honeywell transducers are CE certified with EMI/RFI
protection and are manufactured to an electropolished wetted surface finish of
5 micro inch Ra maximum.
1/4 in Male Face Seal
1,83 m (6 ft) 2-Conductor Cable
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
Compound
PRESSURE RANGE
-14.7 psig to 250 psig
-14.7 psig to 250 psig
0 psi to 3,000 psi
REFERENCE
F14VM0250GP
F14VMV250CP
F14VMV3000CP
Approvals:
CE, FM
12 Vdc to 36.0 Vdc
Compound
Supply voltage:
Signal conditioning:
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Amplified compensated
-40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)
0 °C to 70 °F (32 °F to 158 °F)
1/4 in Male Fixed by Female Face Seal
Bendix Male Connector
OPTIONS
MEASUREMENT TYPE
PRESSURE RANGE
-14.7 psig to 7.0 psig
REFERENCE
F14VPV7BCB
Compound
0 Vdc to 5.0 Vdc Output
1/4 in Male Face Seal Connector
Bendix Male Connector
1/4 in Male Fixed by Female Face Seal
1,83 m (6 ft) 2-Conductor Cable
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Absolute
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psi to 1,000 psi
REFERENCE
F15VM0100AB
MEASUREMENT TYPE
PRESSURE RANGE
REFERENCE
F14VPV100CP
Compound
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
F15VMV100CB
Compound
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
1/4 in OD 0.035 wall, 1/4 in long tube stub
Bendix Male Connector
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Compound
PRESSURE RANGE
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
REFERENCE
F14TV4V100CB
OPTIONAL
1/4" fittings
23,5
(0.93)
Tube stub ends
21,0
(0.83)
21,5
(0.74) typ.
11,0
(0.43)
typ.
24,1
24,1
(0.96)
(0.96)
typ.
77,0 max.
(3.20)
77,0 max.
(3.20)
82,0
(3.23)
56,0
(2.24)
52,0
(2.43)
1/4 female face seal
1/4 male face seal
12,0
(0.50)
6,3
(0.25)
9,3
(0.37)
11,0
11,0
(0.44)
11,0
(0.44)
(0.44)
0.035 typ.
0.035 typ.
.05 typ.
24,1
(0.96)
typ.
24,1
(0.96)
typ.
24,1
(0.96)
typ.
47,0
(1.86)
47,0
47,0
(1.86)
(1.86)
1/4 tube stub
3/8 tube stub
1/2 tube stub
24,1
(0.96)
82,0
(3.23)
1/4 male face seal swivel
138
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
OPTIONS
S1 Series
VF 1/4 in Female Face Seal
Bendix Male Connector
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Compound
PRESSURE RANGE
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
REFERENCE
S14VFV100CB
VM 1/4 in Male Face Seal
Bendix Male Connector
All S1 pressure transducers are manufactured in our Class 10
clean room environment. Our single port pressure
transducers are specifically designed for the semiconductor industry. Their
long life, coupled with long-term stability, can greatly reduce or eliminate the
need for zero and span adjustments. All Honeywell transducers are CE
certified with EMI/RFI protection and are manufactured to an electropolished
wetted surface finish of 5 micro in Ra maximum.
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Compound
Compound
PRESSURE RANGE
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
-14.7 psig to 250 psig
REFERENCE
S14VMV100CB
S14VMV250CB
VM 1/4 in Male Face Seal
1,83 m (6 ft) 2-Conductor Cable
Approvals:
Supply voltage:
Signal conditioning:
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Output type:
CE, FM
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
Compound
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psi to 3,000 psi
0 psi to 3,000 psi
REFERENCE
S14VM3000GP
S14VMV3000CP
12.0 Vdc to 36.0 Vdc
Amplified compensated
-40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)
0 °C to 70 °C (32 °F to 158 °F)
4 mA to 20 mA
VS 1/4 in Male Face Seal, Swivel
Bendix Male Connector
20,3
20,3
(0.80)
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Compound
PRESSURE RANGE
REFERENCE
(0.80)
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
-14.7 psig to 250 psig
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
S14VSV100CB
S14VSV250CB
S14VSV1755BCB
S14VSV210BCB
S14VSV70BCB
S14VSV7BCB
Compound
Compound
Compound
Compound
Compound
67,5 typ.
(2.74)
VS 1/4 in Male Face Seal, Swivel
1,83 m (6 ft) 2-Conductor Cable
116,9 max.
(4.60)
106,7 max.
(4.20)
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Compound
Compound
PRESSURE RANGE
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
REFERENCE
S14VSV210BCP
S14VSV70BCP
.30 typ
30,4
(1.20)
30,4
(1.20)
.80 across flats typ.
23,6
(0.93)
23,6
(0.93)
1/4" male swivel
with pigtail
1/4" male swivel
with Bendix
Fitting Options
10,9
(0.43)
15,4
(0.61)
30,4
(1.20)
0.035 typ.
23,6
(0.93)
23,6
23,6
(0.93)
(0.93)
1/4" female face seal
1/4" male face seal
1/4" tube stub
139
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
With space at a premium in semiconductor gas distribution systems, the Series TLD pressure transducer with local
display offers an integrated solution that reduces the overall height of the transducer/display assembly to as little as 3.5
in [88,9 mm]. To accomplish this, the transducer’s signal amplifier is mounted within the display, with the added benefit
of zero and span adjustments conveniently located on the LED display face.
TLD Series
Supply voltage:
Signal conditioning:
12.0 Vdc to 30.0 Vdc
Amplified compensated
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Termination type:
-40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)
0 °C to 70 °C (32 °F to 158 °F)
1,83 m (6 ft) 2-conductor cable
OPTIONS
Flow-through/Output Signal 4 mA to 20 mA
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Compound
Compound
PRESSURE RANGE
CONNECTIONS
REFERENCE
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
1/4 in. OD 0.035 in. wall, 1/4 in long tube stub TLDF4CVT4V100CP
1/4 in. female face seal, swivel
1/4 in. female face seal, swivel
TLDF4CVVFV100CP
TLDF4BSVFV100CP
Compound
Flow-through/Output Signal 0 Vdc to 5.0 Vdc
MEASUREMENT TYPE
PRESSURE RANGE
CONNECTIONS
REFERENCE
Compound
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
1/4 in. OD 0.035 in. wall, 1/4 in long tube stub TLDF5CVT4V100CP
Single Port/Output Signal 4 mA to 20 mA
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Compound
PRESSURE RANGE
-14.7 psig to 100 psig
REFERENCE
TLDS4BNVFV100CP
1/4 in. female face seal, swivel
Flow-through display orientation and transducer location
35,9
1.42
38,1
1.50
26,1
1.03
38,1
1.50
38,1
1.50
38,1
1.50
CABLE
z
s
72,4
2.85
2 COND
1,8 m (6 ft)
82,5
3.25
CV - Transducer at center back,
vertical display orientation
38,1
1.50
BS - Transducer at bottom, side display orientation
38,1
1.50
z
s
CH - Transducer at center back,
horizontal display orientation
35,9
1.42
38,1
1.50
26,1
1.03
38,1
1.50
42,7
1.68
CABLE
2 COND
1,8 m (6 ft)
CABLE
2 COND
1,8 m (6 ft)
72,4
2.85
z
s
77,0
3.03
82,5
3.25
BF - Transducer at bottom, front display orientation
140
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
TLD Series (continued)
Single port display orientation and transducer location
Flow-through connection options
38,1
1.50
35,9
1.42
47,0
1.85
z
s
4,57
0.18
38,1
1.50
38,1
1.50
26,1
1.03
11,2
0.44
38,1
1.50
42,7
1.68
CABLE
2 COND
1,8 m (6 ft)
CABLE
2 COND
1,8 m (6 ft)
z
s
6,4
0.25
24,1
0.95
100,9
3.97
T4 - 1/4 in tube stub
BN - Transducer at bottom
CN - Transducer at center back
75,2
2.96
VF - 1/4 in female face seal
Single port connection options
56,9
2.24
11,2
0.44
24,1
0.95
32,9
1.29
32,3
1.27
VM - 1/4 in male face seal
VF - 1/4 in
female face seal
VM - 1/4 in
male face seal
81,5
3.21
10,9
0.43
VS - 1/4 in male face seal, swivel
32,3
1.27
6,4
0.25
4,57
0.18
VS - 1/4 in
male face seal,
swivel
T4 - 1/4 in
tube seal
141
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
PRESSURE SENSORS
The Bonded Element general-purpose industrial pressure transducers were
developed for a variety of pressure applications and industries, providing
excellent media compatibility with all stainless steel wetted parts. It is the ideal
choice for applications where both media compatibility and high cycle life are
essential
Bonded Element Series
Supply voltage:
4.75 Vdc to 5.25 Vdc
Amplified
-40 °C to 125 °C (-40 °F to 257 °F)
-20 °C to 85 °C (-4 °F to 185 °F)
0.5 V to 4.5 V Ratio-metric
GT 150 Series - 3 pin
Signal conditioning:
Operating temperature range:
Compensated temperature range:
Output type:
Termination type:
OPTIONS
V out
V out
SS Housing - 1/4 in NPT
SS Housing - 1/8 in NPT
COMMON
+V
COMMON
+V
0,95 [0.04]
0,95 [0.04]
GT 150
SERIES - 3 PIN
GT 150
SERIES - 3 PIN
STAINLESS STEEL
HOUSING
PLATED CRS
HOUSING
1,37 [0.05]
1,37 [0.05]
0,42 [0.016]
0,60 [0.02]
1/4-18NPT
1/8-27 NPT
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 500 psig
REFERENCE
BE-4R500PG4DS
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 125 psig
REFERENCE
BE-4R125PG5DS
SS Housing - 7/16 in - 20 UNF
CRS Housing - 1/4 in NPT
V out
V out
+V
COMMON
+V
COMMON
0,95 [0.04]
1,37 [0.05]
0,95 [0.04]
GT 150
SERIES - 3 PIN
GT 150
SERIES - 3 PIN
STAINLESS STEEL OR
PLATED CRS HOUSING
PLATED CRS
HOUSING
1,37 [0.05]
0.43 [0.015]
GLAND PER MS33656
(3-904 O-RING SEAL
NOT PROVIDED)
0,60 [0.02]
1/4-18NPT
7/16-20UNF
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 5,000 psig
REFERENCE
BE-4R5000PG6DS
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 125 psig
REFERENCE
BE-4R125PG5DC
CRS Housing - 7/16 in - 20 UNF
V out
COMMON
+V
0,95 [0.04]
GT 150
SERIES - 3 PIN
STAINLESS STEEL OR
PLATED CRS HOUSING
1,37 [0.05]
0.43 [0.015]
GLAND PER MS33656
(3-904 O-RING SEAL
NOT PROVIDED)
7/16-20UNF
MEASUREMENT TYPE
Gauge
PRESSURE RANGE
0 psig to 5,000 psig
REFERENCE
BE-4R5000PG6DC
142
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
SENSING AND CONTROL PRODUCTS
HONEYWELL SENSING AND CONTROL PRODUCTS
Selecting the right sensor or switch for your application has never been easier. Honeywell Sensing and Control has one of the broadest product ranges of any
supplier in the world, and the depth of our technology and product lines ensure that we are able to supply you with the right product for most applications.
We also have the outstanding technical support staff and responsive service to back this up, so you can always find what you need, when you need it. We aim to
supply on time, every time, anywhere in the world.
Honeywell - Taking the risk and high costs out of system critical sensing and control.
You can find out more about Honeywell’s extensive product range by visiting our website at
www.honeywell.com/sensing
There you can browse our interactive catalogue and discover our full range of products for use in Industrial, Automotive, Aviation, Transportation, Motion Control,
Medical applications and more. Some of our more popular product families include:
Accelerometers
Utilizing Quartz Flexure and Resonating Beam technologies for inertial, control,
and industrial applications.
Infrared Sensors
Optoelectronic standard infrared emitting diodes (IREDs), sensors and
assemblies for object presence, limit, and motion sensing, position encoding,
and movement counting.
Automotive Sensors
Speed and position sensors for engine management, wheel speed sensors,
and position sensors for comfort, convenience, and motor control
applications.
Limit and Enclosed Switches
Heavy duty limit switches, enclosed switches (precision snap-acting switches
sealed in rugged metal housing) and sealed and explosion-proof switches.
Basic Switches
Standard size, miniature, subminiature, hermetically sealed, and high
temperature snap-action switches for applications requiring compactness,
light weight, accurate repeatability and long life.
Liquid Level Sensors
Basic and industrial (designed for harsh industrial environments) liquid level
sensors used to indicate the presence or absence of liquid.
Mass Airflow Sensors
Amplified and unamplified microbridge mass airflow sensors provide a
sensitive and fast response to the flow of air or other gas over the chip.
Current Sensors
Adjustable linear, null balance, digital, and linear output current sensors for
monitoring ac or dc current.
Off-Highway Vehicular Lighting
Electronic and Electromechanical Safety products for
Honeywell’s Hobbs brand halogen sealed beams, composites, custom
designer lights, specialty lighting and indicator modules for vehicular and
non-vehicular applications.
Machine Safeguarding
Safety light curtains, laser scanners, mats, door interrupt devices and single
and multi-beam optoelectronic devices for industrial machine safety. Safety
interlock switches, limit switches and cable-pull limit switches for industrial
machine safety. Safety control modules for industrial machine safety.
Position Sensors
Hall-effect, magnetoresistive, and potentiometric devices for detecting the
presence of a magnetic field or linear and rotary position.
Environment Sealed Switches and Sensors
Designed for use in the harsh environments encountered in aerospace,
transportation, ordnance and marine applications.
Pressure Sensors
Stainless steel and silicon pressure sensors depending on the application, as
well as a variety of high purity pressure sensors.
Fibre Optic Sensors
Proximity Sensors
Severe environment proximity sensors designed for use in applications with
particularly demanding requirements on temperature, vibration, shock, and
EMI/lightning resistance.
Active optoelectronic components and sub-assemblies (LEDs/transmitters,
fiber-DIPs, receivers and modules) for the datacom market.
Force Sensors
Precise reliable performance in compact commercial grade packaging.
Pushbuttons, Keyswitches and Indicators
MICRO SWITCH brand pushbuttons, keyswitches, and indicators for use
anywhere manual operation is desired.
Hour Meters
Honeywell’s Hobbs brand products are designed for elapsed time
measurement for testing, leasing, maintenance and warranty programs. The
meter family includes LCD, Counter, Battery Controller, AC Electro-Mechanical
and DC Electro-Mechanical.
Railway Sensors and Control Systems
Railwheel proximity sensors, interface modules, train departure control
systems, solid state sensors, pressure sensors and electromechanical
switches for on-board and off-board rail industry applications.
Humidity Sensors
Relative humidity/temperature and relative humidity sensors in chemically
resistant packages to accommodate harsh environments.
1
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
SENSING AND CONTROL PRODUCTS
INTRODUCTION
Relays
Turbidity Sensors
Wash process turbidity sensors to improve product quality, minimize
ingredient consumption, and reduce wastewater discharge in commercial and
industrial bath applications.
General-purpose power relays and relay sockets designed for a wide range of
applications that require stability and reliability.
Resolvers
Ultrasonic Sensors
Absolute position sensors which provides high angular accuracy, high
resolution and repeatability under severe environmental conditions.
Ultrasonic position sensors for presence/absence sensing, precision distance
sensing or tracking for areas where other sensing technologies have difficulty,
such as clear or shiny objects, foggy or particle laden air, or splashing liquids.
Temperature Sensors
Platinum- and silicon-based thin film resistance temperature devices (RTDs)
for applications that require small package size, accuracy, and linear outputs.
VCSEL Products
Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Laser sensors for high speed data
communication applications and a wide variety of sensor applications.
Thermal Products
Bimetal thermostats, Discrete and Packaged Thermistors, Precision Hi-Rel
Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) Thermistors., Thermal cut offs and
Flexible Heaters
VRS Speed and Timing Sensors
Completely self-powered, VRS (magnetic) sensors are simple, rugged devices
that do not require an external voltage source for operation. They are generally
used to provide speed, timing or synchronization data to a display (or control
circuitry) in the form of a pulse train.
Thermocouples, Non-contact probes and RTDs
Megopak thermocouples, thermocouples with protecting tubes, Radiamatic/
Rayotube Sensors, and the platinum RTD 100 Ohm.
This list of our products is not exhasustive,
so check out our full range at
Toggle and Rocker Switches
MICRO SWITCH brand toggles, rockers and paddle switches for use anywhere
manual operation is desired. Military grade and environment sealed options
are available.
www.honeywell.com/sensing
HONEYWELL’S SENSOTEC RANGE OF SPECIALIST TEST AND MEASUREMENT PRODUCTS
The Honeywell Sensotec product range of industrial pressure transducers,
load cells and electronic sensor instrumentation is one of the broadest in the
world. We have a comprehensive range of strain gauge based, piezoelectric
and coil wound transducers. We offer pressure ranges to 170,000 psi and
load ranges to 3 million pounds with complete instrumentation and signal
conditioning. We achieve accuracies of 0.05 in pressure sensing, and our
calibration load cells have accuracies of 0.002 %.
Our unique expertise is in the packaging of our sensor technology, but we can
provide you with reliable engineered solutions whether they are standard off-
the-shelf transducers developed for general applications or sensors developed
to meet unique requirements. The Sensotec range of transducers can be
designed to withstand the harshest environments such as temperatures as
low as –325 °F or as high as +425 °F, or ambient conditions up to 10,000 ft of
seawater.
For more information about these products visit
www.honeywell.com/sensotec
2
Download frwomwWww.wh.Soonmaenyuawlse.clolm.c. AollmMa/snueanlssSienargch And Download.
Sales and Service
Honeywell serves its customers through a worldwide network of sales offices,
representatives and distributors. For application assistance, current
specifications, pricing or name of the nearest Authorised Distributor or Sales
Representative, contact your local sales office or:
INTERNET: www.honeywell.com/sensing
E-mail: [email protected]
ASIA PACIFIC
EUROPE
NORTH AMERICA
LATIN AMERICA
Control Products
Austria
Portugal
Canada
Honeywell LTD
Phone: 1-800-737-3360
FAX: 1-800-565-4130
Argentina
Honeywell S.A.I.C.
Phone: +(54-11) 4383-3637
FAX: +(54-11) 4325-6470
South Korea
Asia Pacific Headquarters
Phone: +(65) 6355-2828
Fax: +(65) 6445-3033
Honeywell Austria GmbH
Phone: +(43) 1 727 80 366/
246
Honeywell Portugal Lda
Phone: +(351 21) 424 50 00
FAX: +(351 21) 424 50 99
Honeywell Korea Co Ltd
Phone: +(822) 799-6167
Fax: +(822) 792-9013
FAX: +(43) 1 727 80 337
Australia
Honeywell Limited
Phone: +(61) 2-9370-4500
FAX: +(61) 2-9370-4525
Toll Free 1300-36-39-36
Toll Free Fax: 1300-36-04-70
Romania
USA
Honeywell
Brazil
Malaysia
Honeywell Engineering Sdn
Bhd
Phone: +(60-3) 7958-4988
Fax: +(60-3) 7958-8922
Belgium
Honeywell Bucharest
Phone: +(40) 1 2110076
FAX: +(40) 1 2103375
Honeywell do Brasil & Cia
Phone: +(55-11) 7266-1900
FAX: +(55-11) 7266-1905
Honeywell SA/NV
Phone: +(32) 2 728 2522
FAX: +(32) 2 728 2502
Control Products,
International Headquarters
Phone: 1-800-537-6945
1-815-235-6847
FAX: 1-815-235-6545
E-mail:
Commonwealth of
Independent States (CIS)
Z.A.O. Honeywell
Phone: +(7 095) 796 98 36
FAX: +(7 095) 797 99 06
Chile
Bulgaria
Honeywell EOOD
Phone: +(359) 2 979 00 23
FAX: +(359) 2 979 00 24
Honeywell Chile, S.A.
Phone: +(56-2) 233-0688
FAX: +(56-2) 231-6679
New Zealand
Honeywell Limited
Phone: +(64-9) 623-5050
Fax: +(64-9) 623-5060
Toll Free (0800) 202-088
China – PRC - Beijing
Honeywell China Inc.
Phone: +(86-10) 8458-3280
Fax: +(86-10) 8458-3102
Columbia
Czech Republic
Slovak Republic
Honeywell s.r.o.
Phone: +(421 2) 58 247 403
FAX: +(421 2) 58 247 415
Honeywell Columbia, S.A.
Phone: +(57-1) 623-3239/
3051
China – PRC - Shanghai
Honeywell China Inc.
Phone: (86-21) 6237-0237
Fax: (86-21) 6237-1237
Honeywell spol. s.r.o.
Phone: +(420) 261 123 457
FAX: +(420) 261 123 461
Philippines
Honeywell Systems
(Philippines) Inc.
Phone: +(63-2) 636-1661 /
1662
FAX: +(57-1) 623-3395
Denmark
Honeywell A/S
Phone: +(45) 39 55 55 55
FAX: +(45) 39 55 55 58
South Africa (Republic of)
Honeywell Southern Africa
Honeywell S.A. Pty. Ltd
Phone: +(27) 11 695 8000
FAX +(27) 11 805 1504
Ecuador
Honeywell S.A.
Phone: +(593-2) 981-560/1
FAX: +(593-2) 981-562
China - Hong Kong S.A.R.
Honeywell Ltd.
Phone: +(852) 2953-6412
Fax: +(852) 2953-6767
Fax: +(63-2) 638-4013
Singapore
Honeywell South East Asia
Phone: +(65) 6355-2828
Fax: +(65) 6445-3033
Finland
Honeywell OY
Phone: +(358) 9 3480101
FAX: +(358) 9 34801375
Mexico
Indonesia
Spain
Honeywell S.A.
Phone: +(34) 91 313 6100
FAX: +(34) 91 313 6129
Honeywell S.A. de C.V.
Phone: +(52) 55 5259-1966
FAX: +(52) 55 5570-2985
Honeywell Indonesia Pte Ltd.
Phone: +(62) 21-535-8833
FAX: +(62) 21-5367 1008
Thailand
Honeywell Systems (Thailand)
Ltd.
Phone: +(662) 693-3099
FAX: +(662) 693-3085
France
Honeywell SA
Phone: +(33) 1 60 19 80 40
FAX: +(33) 1 60 19 81 73
Puerto Rico
Honeywell Inc.
Phone: +(809) 792-7075
FAX: +(809) 792-0053
India
Sweden
Honeywell AB
Phone: +(46) 8 775 55 00
FAX: +(46) 8 775 56 00
TATA Honeywell Ltd.
Phone: +(91) 20 6870 445/
446
Fax: +(91) 20 681 2243/ 687
5992
Taiwan R.O.C.
Germany
Honeywell AG
Phone: +(49) 69 8064 444
FAX: +(49) 69 8064 442
Venezuela
Honeywell CA
Phone: +(58-2) 238-0211
FAX: +(58-2) 238-3391
Honeywell Taiwan Ltd.
Phone: +(886-2) 2245-1000
FAX: +(886-2) 2245-3242
Switzerland
Honeywell AG
Phone: +(41) 1 855 24 40
FAX: +(41) 1 855 24 45
Japan
Honeywell Inc
Phone: +(81) 3 5440 1425
Fax: +(81) 3 5440 1368
Hungary
Honeywell Kft.
Phone: +(361) 451 43 00
FAX: +(361) 451 43 43
Turkey
Honeywell Turkey A.S.
Phone: +(90) 216 5756620
FAX: +(90) 216 5756637
Italy
Honeywell S.p.A.
Phone: +(39) 02 92146 450/
456
Ukraine
Honeywell
Phone: +(380) 44 201 44 74
FAX: +(380) 44 201 44 75
FAX: +(39) 02 92146 490
The Netherlands
Honeywell B.V.
Phone: +(31) 20 565 69 11
FAX: +(31) 20 565 66 00
United Kingdom
Honeywell Control Systems
Ltd
Phone: +(44) 1698 481481
FAX: +(44) 1698 481276
Norway
Honeywell A/S
Phone: +(47) 66 76 20 00
FAX: +(47) 66 76 20 90
Mediterranean & African
Distributors
Honeywell SpA
Phone: +(39) 2 921 46 232
FAX: +(39) 2 921 46 233
Poland
Honeywell Sp. zo.o
Phone: +(48) 606 09 64
FAX: +(48) 606 09 01
Middle East Headquarters
Honeywell Middle East Ltd.
Phone: +(9712) 443 2119
FAX +(9712) 443 2536
Inside back cover
Download from Wwwww.Swo.mhaonunales.ycowme. Allll.Mcaonmual/ssSeenarschinAngd Download.
Warranty/Remedy
YOUR HONEYWELL CONTACT:
Honeywell warrants goods of its manufacture as being free of defective
material and faulty workmanship. Contact your local sales office for warranty
information. If warranted goods are returned to Honeywell during that period
of coverage, Honeywell will repair or replace without charge those items it
finds defective. The foregoing is Buyer’s sole remedy and is in lieu of all
other warranties, expressed or implied, including those of merchantability
and fitness for a particular purpose.
While we provide application assistance, personally, through our literature
and the Honeywell web site, it is up to the customer to determine the suitability
of the product in the application.
Specifications may change at any time without notice. The information
we supply is believed to be accurate and reliable as of this printing. However,
we assume no responsibility for its use.
1-800-537-6945
1-815-235-6847
www.honeywell.com/sensing
This publication does not constitute a contract between Honeywell and its customers. The contents may be changed at any time without notice. It is the
customer’s responsibility to ensure safe installation and operation of the products. Detailed mounting drawings of all products illustrated are available on
request.
© 2003 Honeywell International Inc.
Sensing and Control
Honeywell Inc
Honeywell Control Systems Ltd
Newhouse Industrial Estate
Motherwell ML1 5SB
Scotland, UK
11 West Spring Street
Freeport, Illinois 61032
USA
www.honeywell.com/sensing
100456-EN Issue 1
07/03
UK07
GLO
Printed on environmentally friendly paper
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|